mirror of
https://github.com/RPCS3/llvm-mirror.git
synced 2024-11-25 04:02:41 +01:00
71e0eb3771
We only want to do this if the src and destination types have the same bit width. This patch uses TargetData::getTypeSizeInBits() instead of making a special case for integer types and avoiding the transform if they don't match. llvm-svn: 33414
9288 lines
380 KiB
C++
9288 lines
380 KiB
C++
//===- InstructionCombining.cpp - Combine multiple instructions -----------===//
|
|
//
|
|
// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
|
|
//
|
|
// This file was developed by the LLVM research group and is distributed under
|
|
// the University of Illinois Open Source License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
|
|
//
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
//
|
|
// InstructionCombining - Combine instructions to form fewer, simple
|
|
// instructions. This pass does not modify the CFG This pass is where algebraic
|
|
// simplification happens.
|
|
//
|
|
// This pass combines things like:
|
|
// %Y = add int %X, 1
|
|
// %Z = add int %Y, 1
|
|
// into:
|
|
// %Z = add int %X, 2
|
|
//
|
|
// This is a simple worklist driven algorithm.
|
|
//
|
|
// This pass guarantees that the following canonicalizations are performed on
|
|
// the program:
|
|
// 1. If a binary operator has a constant operand, it is moved to the RHS
|
|
// 2. Bitwise operators with constant operands are always grouped so that
|
|
// shifts are performed first, then or's, then and's, then xor's.
|
|
// 3. Compare instructions are converted from <,>,<=,>= to ==,!= if possible
|
|
// 4. All cmp instructions on boolean values are replaced with logical ops
|
|
// 5. add X, X is represented as (X*2) => (X << 1)
|
|
// 6. Multiplies with a power-of-two constant argument are transformed into
|
|
// shifts.
|
|
// ... etc.
|
|
//
|
|
//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
|
|
|
|
#define DEBUG_TYPE "instcombine"
|
|
#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/IntrinsicInst.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Pass.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/DerivedTypes.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/GlobalVariable.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Target/TargetData.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/BasicBlockUtils.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/CallSite.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/GetElementPtrTypeIterator.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/InstVisitor.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/PatternMatch.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
|
|
#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
|
|
#include <algorithm>
|
|
using namespace llvm;
|
|
using namespace llvm::PatternMatch;
|
|
|
|
STATISTIC(NumCombined , "Number of insts combined");
|
|
STATISTIC(NumConstProp, "Number of constant folds");
|
|
STATISTIC(NumDeadInst , "Number of dead inst eliminated");
|
|
STATISTIC(NumDeadStore, "Number of dead stores eliminated");
|
|
STATISTIC(NumSunkInst , "Number of instructions sunk");
|
|
|
|
namespace {
|
|
class VISIBILITY_HIDDEN InstCombiner
|
|
: public FunctionPass,
|
|
public InstVisitor<InstCombiner, Instruction*> {
|
|
// Worklist of all of the instructions that need to be simplified.
|
|
std::vector<Instruction*> WorkList;
|
|
TargetData *TD;
|
|
|
|
/// AddUsersToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add all users of
|
|
/// the instruction to the work lists because they might get more simplified
|
|
/// now.
|
|
///
|
|
void AddUsersToWorkList(Value &I) {
|
|
for (Value::use_iterator UI = I.use_begin(), UE = I.use_end();
|
|
UI != UE; ++UI)
|
|
WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(*UI));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// AddUsesToWorkList - When an instruction is simplified, add operands to
|
|
/// the work lists because they might get more simplified now.
|
|
///
|
|
void AddUsesToWorkList(Instruction &I) {
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i)))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Op);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist - The specified instruction is about to become
|
|
/// dead. Add all of its operands to the worklist, turning them into
|
|
/// undef's to reduce the number of uses of those instructions.
|
|
///
|
|
/// Return the specified operand before it is turned into an undef.
|
|
///
|
|
Value *AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist(Instruction &I, unsigned op) {
|
|
Value *R = I.getOperand(op);
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = I.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (Instruction *Op = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(i))) {
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Op);
|
|
// Set the operand to undef to drop the use.
|
|
I.setOperand(i, UndefValue::get(Op->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return R;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// removeFromWorkList - remove all instances of I from the worklist.
|
|
void removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I);
|
|
public:
|
|
virtual bool runOnFunction(Function &F);
|
|
|
|
virtual void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const {
|
|
AU.addRequired<TargetData>();
|
|
AU.addPreservedID(LCSSAID);
|
|
AU.setPreservesCFG();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
TargetData &getTargetData() const { return *TD; }
|
|
|
|
// Visitation implementation - Implement instruction combining for different
|
|
// instruction types. The semantics are as follows:
|
|
// Return Value:
|
|
// null - No change was made
|
|
// I - Change was made, I is still valid, I may be dead though
|
|
// otherwise - Change was made, replace I with returned instruction
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitSub(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitMul(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitURem(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *commonRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *commonDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitOr (BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitXor(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *FoldGEPICmp(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate Cond, Instruction &I);
|
|
Instruction *visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I);
|
|
Instruction *FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
|
|
ShiftInst &I);
|
|
Instruction *commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *commonIntCastTransforms(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitTrunc(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitZExt(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitSExt(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitFPTrunc(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitFPExt(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitFPToUI(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitFPToSI(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitUIToFP(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitSIToFP(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitPtrToInt(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitIntToPtr(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitBitCast(CastInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
|
|
Instruction *FI);
|
|
Instruction *visitSelectInst(SelectInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitCallInst(CallInst &CI);
|
|
Instruction *visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II);
|
|
Instruction *visitPHINode(PHINode &PN);
|
|
Instruction *visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP);
|
|
Instruction *visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI);
|
|
Instruction *visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI);
|
|
Instruction *visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI);
|
|
Instruction *visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI);
|
|
Instruction *visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI);
|
|
Instruction *visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI);
|
|
Instruction *visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE);
|
|
Instruction *visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI);
|
|
Instruction *visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI);
|
|
|
|
// visitInstruction - Specify what to return for unhandled instructions...
|
|
Instruction *visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return 0; }
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
Instruction *visitCallSite(CallSite CS);
|
|
bool transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS);
|
|
|
|
public:
|
|
// InsertNewInstBefore - insert an instruction New before instruction Old
|
|
// in the program. Add the new instruction to the worklist.
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *InsertNewInstBefore(Instruction *New, Instruction &Old) {
|
|
assert(New && New->getParent() == 0 &&
|
|
"New instruction already inserted into a basic block!");
|
|
BasicBlock *BB = Old.getParent();
|
|
BB->getInstList().insert(&Old, New); // Insert inst
|
|
WorkList.push_back(New); // Add to worklist
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// InsertCastBefore - Insert a cast of V to TY before the instruction POS.
|
|
/// This also adds the cast to the worklist. Finally, this returns the
|
|
/// cast.
|
|
Value *InsertCastBefore(Instruction::CastOps opc, Value *V, const Type *Ty,
|
|
Instruction &Pos) {
|
|
if (V->getType() == Ty) return V;
|
|
|
|
if (Constant *CV = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getCast(opc, CV, Ty);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *C = CastInst::create(opc, V, Ty, V->getName(), &Pos);
|
|
WorkList.push_back(C);
|
|
return C;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ReplaceInstUsesWith - This method is to be used when an instruction is
|
|
// found to be dead, replacable with another preexisting expression. Here
|
|
// we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of I with the new
|
|
// value, then return I, so that the inst combiner will know that I was
|
|
// modified.
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *ReplaceInstUsesWith(Instruction &I, Value *V) {
|
|
AddUsersToWorkList(I); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
|
|
if (&I != V) {
|
|
I.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
|
|
return &I;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If we are replacing the instruction with itself, this must be in a
|
|
// segment of unreachable code, so just clobber the instruction.
|
|
I.replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// UpdateValueUsesWith - This method is to be used when an value is
|
|
// found to be replacable with another preexisting expression or was
|
|
// updated. Here we add all uses of I to the worklist, replace all uses of
|
|
// I with the new value (unless the instruction was just updated), then
|
|
// return true, so that the inst combiner will know that I was modified.
|
|
//
|
|
bool UpdateValueUsesWith(Value *Old, Value *New) {
|
|
AddUsersToWorkList(*Old); // Add all modified instrs to worklist
|
|
if (Old != New)
|
|
Old->replaceAllUsesWith(New);
|
|
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Old))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(I);
|
|
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(New))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(I);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// EraseInstFromFunction - When dealing with an instruction that has side
|
|
// effects or produces a void value, we can't rely on DCE to delete the
|
|
// instruction. Instead, visit methods should return the value returned by
|
|
// this function.
|
|
Instruction *EraseInstFromFunction(Instruction &I) {
|
|
assert(I.use_empty() && "Cannot erase instruction that is used!");
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(I);
|
|
removeFromWorkList(&I);
|
|
I.eraseFromParent();
|
|
return 0; // Don't do anything with FI
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
private:
|
|
/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
|
|
/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
|
|
/// casts that are known to not do anything...
|
|
///
|
|
Value *InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::CastOps opcode,
|
|
Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
|
|
Instruction *InsertBefore);
|
|
|
|
/// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for
|
|
/// commutative operators.
|
|
bool SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
|
|
/// SimplifyCompare - This reorders the operands of a CmpInst to get them in
|
|
/// most-complex to least-complex order.
|
|
bool SimplifyCompare(CmpInst &I);
|
|
|
|
bool SimplifyDemandedBits(Value *V, uint64_t Mask,
|
|
uint64_t &KnownZero, uint64_t &KnownOne,
|
|
unsigned Depth = 0);
|
|
|
|
Value *SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, uint64_t DemandedElts,
|
|
uint64_t &UndefElts, unsigned Depth = 0);
|
|
|
|
// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a
|
|
// PHI node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI
|
|
// (which is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
|
|
Instruction *FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I);
|
|
|
|
// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
|
|
// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
|
|
// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
|
|
Instruction *FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
|
|
Instruction *FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN);
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruction *OptAndOp(Instruction *Op, ConstantInt *OpRHS,
|
|
ConstantInt *AndRHS, BinaryOperator &TheAnd);
|
|
|
|
Value *FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS, ConstantInt *Mask,
|
|
bool isSub, Instruction &I);
|
|
Instruction *InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
|
|
bool isSigned, bool Inside, Instruction &IB);
|
|
Instruction *PromoteCastOfAllocation(CastInst &CI, AllocationInst &AI);
|
|
Instruction *MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I);
|
|
|
|
Value *EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty, bool isSigned);
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
RegisterPass<InstCombiner> X("instcombine", "Combine redundant instructions");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// getComplexity: Assign a complexity or rank value to LLVM Values...
|
|
// 0 -> undef, 1 -> Const, 2 -> Other, 3 -> Arg, 3 -> Unary, 4 -> OtherInst
|
|
static unsigned getComplexity(Value *V) {
|
|
if (isa<Instruction>(V)) {
|
|
if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V) || BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
|
|
return 3;
|
|
return 4;
|
|
}
|
|
if (isa<Argument>(V)) return 3;
|
|
return isa<Constant>(V) ? (isa<UndefValue>(V) ? 0 : 1) : 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// isOnlyUse - Return true if this instruction will be deleted if we stop using
|
|
// it.
|
|
static bool isOnlyUse(Value *V) {
|
|
return V->hasOneUse() || isa<Constant>(V);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// getPromotedType - Return the specified type promoted as it would be to pass
|
|
// though a va_arg area...
|
|
static const Type *getPromotedType(const Type *Ty) {
|
|
if (const IntegerType* ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(Ty)) {
|
|
if (ITy->getBitWidth() < 32)
|
|
return Type::Int32Ty;
|
|
} else if (Ty == Type::FloatTy)
|
|
return Type::DoubleTy;
|
|
return Ty;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// getBitCastOperand - If the specified operand is a CastInst or a constant
|
|
/// expression bitcast, return the operand value, otherwise return null.
|
|
static Value *getBitCastOperand(Value *V) {
|
|
if (BitCastInst *I = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(V))
|
|
return I->getOperand(0);
|
|
else if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
|
|
return CE->getOperand(0);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// This function is a wrapper around CastInst::isEliminableCastPair. It
|
|
/// simply extracts arguments and returns what that function returns.
|
|
/// @Determine if it is valid to eliminate a Convert pair
|
|
static Instruction::CastOps
|
|
isEliminableCastPair(
|
|
const CastInst *CI, ///< The first cast instruction
|
|
unsigned opcode, ///< The opcode of the second cast instruction
|
|
const Type *DstTy, ///< The target type for the second cast instruction
|
|
TargetData *TD ///< The target data for pointer size
|
|
) {
|
|
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType(); // A from above
|
|
const Type *MidTy = CI->getType(); // B from above
|
|
|
|
// Get the opcodes of the two Cast instructions
|
|
Instruction::CastOps firstOp = Instruction::CastOps(CI->getOpcode());
|
|
Instruction::CastOps secondOp = Instruction::CastOps(opcode);
|
|
|
|
return Instruction::CastOps(
|
|
CastInst::isEliminableCastPair(firstOp, secondOp, SrcTy, MidTy,
|
|
DstTy, TD->getIntPtrType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ValueRequiresCast - Return true if the cast from "V to Ty" actually results
|
|
/// in any code being generated. It does not require codegen if V is simple
|
|
/// enough or if the cast can be folded into other casts.
|
|
static bool ValueRequiresCast(Instruction::CastOps opcode, const Value *V,
|
|
const Type *Ty, TargetData *TD) {
|
|
if (V->getType() == Ty || isa<Constant>(V)) return false;
|
|
|
|
// If this is another cast that can be eliminated, it isn't codegen either.
|
|
if (const CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(V))
|
|
if (isEliminableCastPair(CI, opcode, Ty, TD))
|
|
return false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// InsertOperandCastBefore - This inserts a cast of V to DestTy before the
|
|
/// InsertBefore instruction. This is specialized a bit to avoid inserting
|
|
/// casts that are known to not do anything...
|
|
///
|
|
Value *InstCombiner::InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::CastOps opcode,
|
|
Value *V, const Type *DestTy,
|
|
Instruction *InsertBefore) {
|
|
if (V->getType() == DestTy) return V;
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getCast(opcode, C, DestTy);
|
|
|
|
return InsertCastBefore(opcode, V, DestTy, *InsertBefore);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// SimplifyCommutative - This performs a few simplifications for commutative
|
|
// operators:
|
|
//
|
|
// 1. Order operands such that they are listed from right (least complex) to
|
|
// left (most complex). This puts constants before unary operators before
|
|
// binary operators.
|
|
//
|
|
// 2. Transform: (op (op V, C1), C2) ==> (op V, (op C1, C2))
|
|
// 3. Transform: (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
|
|
//
|
|
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCommutative(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = false;
|
|
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) < getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
|
|
Changed = !I.swapOperands();
|
|
|
|
if (!I.isAssociative()) return Changed;
|
|
Instruction::BinaryOps Opcode = I.getOpcode();
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(0)))
|
|
if (Op->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(),
|
|
cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1)),
|
|
cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1)));
|
|
I.setOperand(0, Op->getOperand(0));
|
|
I.setOperand(1, Folded);
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (BinaryOperator *Op1=dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I.getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (Op1->getOpcode() == Opcode && isa<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1)) &&
|
|
isOnlyUse(Op) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
|
|
Constant *C1 = cast<Constant>(Op->getOperand(1));
|
|
Constant *C2 = cast<Constant>(Op1->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// Fold (op (op V1, C1), (op V2, C2)) ==> (op (op V1, V2), (op C1,C2))
|
|
Constant *Folded = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), C1, C2);
|
|
Instruction *New = BinaryOperator::create(Opcode, Op->getOperand(0),
|
|
Op1->getOperand(0),
|
|
Op1->getName(), &I);
|
|
WorkList.push_back(New);
|
|
I.setOperand(0, New);
|
|
I.setOperand(1, Folded);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return Changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// SimplifyCompare - For a CmpInst this function just orders the operands
|
|
/// so that theyare listed from right (least complex) to left (most complex).
|
|
/// This puts constants before unary operators before binary operators.
|
|
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyCompare(CmpInst &I) {
|
|
if (getComplexity(I.getOperand(0)) >= getComplexity(I.getOperand(1)))
|
|
return false;
|
|
I.swapOperands();
|
|
// Compare instructions are not associative so there's nothing else we can do.
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// dyn_castNegVal - Given a 'sub' instruction, return the RHS of the instruction
|
|
// if the LHS is a constant zero (which is the 'negate' form).
|
|
//
|
|
static inline Value *dyn_castNegVal(Value *V) {
|
|
if (BinaryOperator::isNeg(V))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::getNegArgument(V);
|
|
|
|
// Constants can be considered to be negated values if they can be folded.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static inline Value *dyn_castNotVal(Value *V) {
|
|
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(V))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(V);
|
|
|
|
// Constants can be considered to be not'ed values...
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getNot(C);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// dyn_castFoldableMul - If this value is a multiply that can be folded into
|
|
// other computations (because it has a constant operand), return the
|
|
// non-constant operand of the multiply, and set CST to point to the multiplier.
|
|
// Otherwise, return null.
|
|
//
|
|
static inline Value *dyn_castFoldableMul(Value *V, ConstantInt *&CST) {
|
|
if (V->hasOneUse() && V->getType()->isInteger())
|
|
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V)) {
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul)
|
|
if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))))
|
|
return I->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
|
|
if ((CST = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1)))) {
|
|
// The multiplier is really 1 << CST.
|
|
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
|
|
CST = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getShl(One, CST));
|
|
return I->getOperand(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// dyn_castGetElementPtr - If this is a getelementptr instruction or constant
|
|
/// expression, return it.
|
|
static User *dyn_castGetElementPtr(Value *V) {
|
|
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V)) return cast<User>(V);
|
|
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(V))
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr)
|
|
return cast<User>(V);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// AddOne, SubOne - Add or subtract a constant one from an integer constant...
|
|
static ConstantInt *AddOne(ConstantInt *C) {
|
|
return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(C,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
|
|
}
|
|
static ConstantInt *SubOne(ConstantInt *C) {
|
|
return cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(C,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(C->getType(), 1)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ComputeMaskedBits - Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are
|
|
/// known to be either zero or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne
|
|
/// bitsets. This code only analyzes bits in Mask, in order to short-circuit
|
|
/// processing.
|
|
static void ComputeMaskedBits(Value *V, uint64_t Mask, uint64_t &KnownZero,
|
|
uint64_t &KnownOne, unsigned Depth = 0) {
|
|
// Note, we cannot consider 'undef' to be "IsZero" here. The problem is that
|
|
// we cannot optimize based on the assumption that it is zero without changing
|
|
// it to be an explicit zero. If we don't change it to zero, other code could
|
|
// optimized based on the contradictory assumption that it is non-zero.
|
|
// Because instcombine aggressively folds operations with undef args anyway,
|
|
// this won't lose us code quality.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
|
|
// We know all of the bits for a constant!
|
|
KnownOne = CI->getZExtValue() & Mask;
|
|
KnownZero = ~KnownOne & Mask;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
KnownZero = KnownOne = 0; // Don't know anything.
|
|
if (Depth == 6 || Mask == 0)
|
|
return; // Limit search depth.
|
|
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero2, KnownOne2;
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (!I) return;
|
|
|
|
Mask &= cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
// If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero.
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(1), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
Mask &= ~KnownZero;
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS.
|
|
KnownOne &= KnownOne2;
|
|
// Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS.
|
|
KnownZero |= KnownZero2;
|
|
return;
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(1), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
Mask &= ~KnownOne;
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS.
|
|
KnownZero &= KnownZero2;
|
|
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS.
|
|
KnownOne |= KnownOne2;
|
|
return;
|
|
case Instruction::Xor: {
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(1), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZeroOut = (KnownZero & KnownZero2) | (KnownOne & KnownOne2);
|
|
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS.
|
|
KnownOne = (KnownZero & KnownOne2) | (KnownOne & KnownZero2);
|
|
KnownZero = KnownZeroOut;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::Select:
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(2), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(1), Mask, KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS.
|
|
KnownOne &= KnownOne2;
|
|
KnownZero &= KnownZero2;
|
|
return;
|
|
case Instruction::FPTrunc:
|
|
case Instruction::FPExt:
|
|
case Instruction::FPToUI:
|
|
case Instruction::FPToSI:
|
|
case Instruction::SIToFP:
|
|
case Instruction::PtrToInt:
|
|
case Instruction::UIToFP:
|
|
case Instruction::IntToPtr:
|
|
return; // Can't work with floating point or pointers
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
// All these have integer operands
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
return;
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast: {
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = I->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
if (SrcTy->isInteger()) {
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::ZExt: {
|
|
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
|
|
const IntegerType *SrcTy = cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
|
|
uint64_t NotIn = ~SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t NewBits = cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitMask() & NotIn;
|
|
|
|
Mask &= SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
// The top bits are known to be zero.
|
|
KnownZero |= NewBits;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::SExt: {
|
|
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
|
|
const IntegerType *SrcTy = cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
|
|
uint64_t NotIn = ~SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t NewBits = cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitMask() & NotIn;
|
|
|
|
Mask &= SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the
|
|
// top bits of the result.
|
|
uint64_t InSignBit = 1ULL << (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
if (KnownZero & InSignBit) { // Input sign bit known zero
|
|
KnownZero |= NewBits;
|
|
KnownOne &= ~NewBits;
|
|
} else if (KnownOne & InSignBit) { // Input sign bit known set
|
|
KnownOne |= NewBits;
|
|
KnownZero &= ~NewBits;
|
|
} else { // Input sign bit unknown
|
|
KnownZero &= ~NewBits;
|
|
KnownOne &= ~NewBits;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::Shl:
|
|
// (shl X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (X & C2 >>u C1) == 0
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getZExtValue();
|
|
Mask >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
KnownZero <<= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownOne <<= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownZero |= (1ULL << ShiftAmt)-1; // low bits known zero.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
// (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
|
|
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getZExtValue();
|
|
uint64_t HighBits = (1ULL << ShiftAmt)-1;
|
|
HighBits <<= I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShiftAmt;
|
|
|
|
// Unsigned shift right.
|
|
Mask <<= ShiftAmt;
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero,KnownOne,Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0&&"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
KnownZero >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownOne >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownZero |= HighBits; // high bits known zero.
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
// (ushr X, C1) & C2 == 0 iff (-1 >> C1) & C2 == 0
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
|
|
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getZExtValue();
|
|
uint64_t HighBits = (1ULL << ShiftAmt)-1;
|
|
HighBits <<= I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShiftAmt;
|
|
|
|
// Signed shift right.
|
|
Mask <<= ShiftAmt;
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(I->getOperand(0), Mask, KnownZero,KnownOne,Depth+1);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0&&"Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
KnownZero >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownOne >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
|
|
// Handle the sign bits.
|
|
uint64_t SignBit = 1ULL << (I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
SignBit >>= ShiftAmt; // Adjust to where it is now in the mask.
|
|
|
|
if (KnownZero & SignBit) { // New bits are known zero.
|
|
KnownZero |= HighBits;
|
|
} else if (KnownOne & SignBit) { // New bits are known one.
|
|
KnownOne |= HighBits;
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// MaskedValueIsZero - Return true if 'V & Mask' is known to be zero. We use
|
|
/// this predicate to simplify operations downstream. Mask is known to be zero
|
|
/// for bits that V cannot have.
|
|
static bool MaskedValueIsZero(Value *V, uint64_t Mask, unsigned Depth = 0) {
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(V, Mask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth);
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
return (KnownZero & Mask) == Mask;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// ShrinkDemandedConstant - Check to see if the specified operand of the
|
|
/// specified instruction is a constant integer. If so, check to see if there
|
|
/// are any bits set in the constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the
|
|
/// constant and return true.
|
|
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo,
|
|
uint64_t Demanded) {
|
|
ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(OpNo));
|
|
if (!OpC) return false;
|
|
|
|
// If there are no bits set that aren't demanded, nothing to do.
|
|
if ((~Demanded & OpC->getZExtValue()) == 0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// This is producing any bits that are not needed, shrink the RHS.
|
|
uint64_t Val = Demanded & OpC->getZExtValue();
|
|
I->setOperand(OpNo, ConstantInt::get(OpC->getType(), Val));
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits - Given a signed integer type and a
|
|
// set of known zero and one bits, compute the maximum and minimum values that
|
|
// could have the specified known zero and known one bits, returning them in
|
|
// min/max.
|
|
static void ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(const Type *Ty,
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero,
|
|
uint64_t KnownOne,
|
|
int64_t &Min, int64_t &Max) {
|
|
uint64_t TypeBits = cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t UnknownBits = ~(KnownZero|KnownOne) & TypeBits;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t SignBit = 1ULL << (Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
|
|
// The minimum value is when all unknown bits are zeros, EXCEPT for the sign
|
|
// bit if it is unknown.
|
|
Min = KnownOne;
|
|
Max = KnownOne|UnknownBits;
|
|
|
|
if (SignBit & UnknownBits) { // Sign bit is unknown
|
|
Min |= SignBit;
|
|
Max &= ~SignBit;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Sign extend the min/max values.
|
|
int ShAmt = 64-Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
Min = (Min << ShAmt) >> ShAmt;
|
|
Max = (Max << ShAmt) >> ShAmt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits - Given an unsigned integer type and
|
|
// a set of known zero and one bits, compute the maximum and minimum values that
|
|
// could have the specified known zero and known one bits, returning them in
|
|
// min/max.
|
|
static void ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(const Type *Ty,
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero,
|
|
uint64_t KnownOne,
|
|
uint64_t &Min,
|
|
uint64_t &Max) {
|
|
uint64_t TypeBits = cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t UnknownBits = ~(KnownZero|KnownOne) & TypeBits;
|
|
|
|
// The minimum value is when the unknown bits are all zeros.
|
|
Min = KnownOne;
|
|
// The maximum value is when the unknown bits are all ones.
|
|
Max = KnownOne|UnknownBits;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// SimplifyDemandedBits - Look at V. At this point, we know that only the
|
|
/// DemandedMask bits of the result of V are ever used downstream. If we can
|
|
/// use this information to simplify V, do so and return true. Otherwise,
|
|
/// analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for
|
|
/// the expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may
|
|
/// only be accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
|
|
bool InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedBits(Value *V, uint64_t DemandedMask,
|
|
uint64_t &KnownZero, uint64_t &KnownOne,
|
|
unsigned Depth) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V)) {
|
|
// We know all of the bits for a constant!
|
|
KnownOne = CI->getZExtValue() & DemandedMask;
|
|
KnownZero = ~KnownOne & DemandedMask;
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
KnownZero = KnownOne = 0;
|
|
if (!V->hasOneUse()) { // Other users may use these bits.
|
|
if (Depth != 0) { // Not at the root.
|
|
// Just compute the KnownZero/KnownOne bits to simplify things downstream.
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(V, DemandedMask, KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
// If this is the root being simplified, allow it to have multiple uses,
|
|
// just set the DemandedMask to all bits.
|
|
DemandedMask = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
} else if (DemandedMask == 0) { // Not demanding any bits from V.
|
|
if (V != UndefValue::get(V->getType()))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()));
|
|
return false;
|
|
} else if (Depth == 6) { // Limit search depth.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (!I) return false; // Only analyze instructions.
|
|
|
|
DemandedMask &= cast<IntegerType>(V->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero2 = 0, KnownOne2 = 0;
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
// If either the LHS or the RHS are Zero, the result is zero.
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If something is known zero on the RHS, the bits aren't demanded on the
|
|
// LHS.
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask & ~KnownZero,
|
|
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If all of the demanded bits are known 1 on one side, return the other.
|
|
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'and'.
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & ~KnownZero2 & KnownOne) == (DemandedMask & ~KnownZero2))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & ~KnownZero & KnownOne2) == (DemandedMask & ~KnownZero))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// If all of the demanded bits in the inputs are known zeros, return zero.
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & (KnownZero|KnownZero2)) == DemandedMask)
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I->getType()));
|
|
|
|
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
|
|
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask & ~KnownZero2))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
|
|
|
|
// Output known-1 bits are only known if set in both the LHS & RHS.
|
|
KnownOne &= KnownOne2;
|
|
// Output known-0 are known to be clear if zero in either the LHS | RHS.
|
|
KnownZero |= KnownZero2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask & ~KnownOne,
|
|
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the other.
|
|
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'or'.
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & ~KnownOne2 & KnownZero) == (DemandedMask & ~KnownOne2))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & ~KnownOne & KnownZero2) == (DemandedMask & ~KnownOne))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// If all of the potentially set bits on one side are known to be set on
|
|
// the other side, just use the 'other' side.
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & (~KnownZero) & KnownOne2) ==
|
|
(DemandedMask & (~KnownZero)))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & (~KnownZero2) & KnownOne) ==
|
|
(DemandedMask & (~KnownZero2)))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
|
|
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
|
|
|
|
// Output known-0 bits are only known if clear in both the LHS & RHS.
|
|
KnownZero &= KnownZero2;
|
|
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in either the LHS | RHS.
|
|
KnownOne |= KnownOne2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Xor: {
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If all of the demanded bits are known zero on one side, return the other.
|
|
// These bits cannot contribute to the result of the 'xor'.
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & KnownZero) == DemandedMask)
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(0));
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & KnownZero2) == DemandedMask)
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// Output known-0 bits are known if clear or set in both the LHS & RHS.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZeroOut = (KnownZero & KnownZero2) | (KnownOne & KnownOne2);
|
|
// Output known-1 are known to be set if set in only one of the LHS, RHS.
|
|
uint64_t KnownOneOut = (KnownZero & KnownOne2) | (KnownOne & KnownZero2);
|
|
|
|
// If all of the demanded bits are known to be zero on one side or the
|
|
// other, turn this into an *inclusive* or.
|
|
// e.g. (A & C1)^(B & C2) -> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & ~KnownZero & ~KnownZero2) == 0) {
|
|
Instruction *Or =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createOr(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1),
|
|
I->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, *I);
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, Or);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If all of the demanded bits on one side are known, and all of the set
|
|
// bits on that side are also known to be set on the other side, turn this
|
|
// into an AND, as we know the bits will be cleared.
|
|
// e.g. (X | C1) ^ C2 --> (X | C1) & ~C2 iff (C1&C2) == C2
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & (KnownZero|KnownOne)) == DemandedMask) { // all known
|
|
if ((KnownOne & KnownOne2) == KnownOne) {
|
|
Constant *AndC = ConstantInt::get(I->getType(),
|
|
~KnownOne & DemandedMask);
|
|
Instruction *And =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(I->getOperand(0), AndC, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(And, *I);
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, And);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the RHS is a constant, see if we can simplify it.
|
|
// FIXME: for XOR, we prefer to force bits to 1 if they will make a -1.
|
|
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
|
|
|
|
KnownZero = KnownZeroOut;
|
|
KnownOne = KnownOneOut;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::Select:
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(2), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(1), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
assert((KnownZero2 & KnownOne2) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If the operands are constants, see if we can simplify them.
|
|
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, DemandedMask))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
|
|
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 2, DemandedMask))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
|
|
|
|
// Only known if known in both the LHS and RHS.
|
|
KnownOne &= KnownOne2;
|
|
KnownZero &= KnownZero2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast:
|
|
if (!I->getOperand(0)->getType()->isInteger())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::ZExt: {
|
|
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
|
|
const IntegerType *SrcTy = cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
|
|
uint64_t NotIn = ~SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t NewBits = cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitMask() & NotIn;
|
|
|
|
DemandedMask &= SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
// The top bits are known to be zero.
|
|
KnownZero |= NewBits;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::SExt: {
|
|
// Compute the bits in the result that are not present in the input.
|
|
const IntegerType *SrcTy = cast<IntegerType>(I->getOperand(0)->getType());
|
|
uint64_t NotIn = ~SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t NewBits = cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitMask() & NotIn;
|
|
|
|
// Get the sign bit for the source type
|
|
uint64_t InSignBit = 1ULL << (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
int64_t InputDemandedBits = DemandedMask & SrcTy->getBitMask();
|
|
|
|
// If any of the sign extended bits are demanded, we know that the sign
|
|
// bit is demanded.
|
|
if (NewBits & DemandedMask)
|
|
InputDemandedBits |= InSignBit;
|
|
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), InputDemandedBits,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
|
|
// If the sign bit of the input is known set or clear, then we know the
|
|
// top bits of the result.
|
|
|
|
// If the input sign bit is known zero, or if the NewBits are not demanded
|
|
// convert this into a zero extension.
|
|
if ((KnownZero & InSignBit) || (NewBits & ~DemandedMask) == NewBits) {
|
|
// Convert to ZExt cast
|
|
CastInst *NewCast = CastInst::create(
|
|
Instruction::ZExt, I->getOperand(0), I->getType(), I->getName(), I);
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewCast);
|
|
} else if (KnownOne & InSignBit) { // Input sign bit known set
|
|
KnownOne |= NewBits;
|
|
KnownZero &= ~NewBits;
|
|
} else { // Input sign bit unknown
|
|
KnownZero &= ~NewBits;
|
|
KnownOne &= ~NewBits;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
// If there is a constant on the RHS, there are a variety of xformations
|
|
// we can do.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// If null, this should be simplified elsewhere. Some of the xforms here
|
|
// won't work if the RHS is zero.
|
|
if (RHS->isNullValue())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// Figure out what the input bits are. If the top bits of the and result
|
|
// are not demanded, then the add doesn't demand them from its input
|
|
// either.
|
|
|
|
// Shift the demanded mask up so that it's at the top of the uint64_t.
|
|
unsigned BitWidth = I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned NLZ = CountLeadingZeros_64(DemandedMask << (64-BitWidth));
|
|
|
|
// If the top bit of the output is demanded, demand everything from the
|
|
// input. Otherwise, we demand all the input bits except NLZ top bits.
|
|
uint64_t InDemandedBits = ~0ULL >> (64-BitWidth+NLZ);
|
|
|
|
// Find information about known zero/one bits in the input.
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), InDemandedBits,
|
|
KnownZero2, KnownOne2, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
// If the RHS of the add has bits set that can't affect the input, reduce
|
|
// the constant.
|
|
if (ShrinkDemandedConstant(I, 1, InDemandedBits))
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, I);
|
|
|
|
// Avoid excess work.
|
|
if (KnownZero2 == 0 && KnownOne2 == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// Turn it into OR if input bits are zero.
|
|
if ((KnownZero2 & RHS->getZExtValue()) == RHS->getZExtValue()) {
|
|
Instruction *Or =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createOr(I->getOperand(0), I->getOperand(1),
|
|
I->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, *I);
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, Or);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// We can say something about the output known-zero and known-one bits,
|
|
// depending on potential carries from the input constant and the
|
|
// unknowns. For example if the LHS is known to have at most the 0x0F0F0
|
|
// bits set and the RHS constant is 0x01001, then we know we have a known
|
|
// one mask of 0x00001 and a known zero mask of 0xE0F0E.
|
|
|
|
// To compute this, we first compute the potential carry bits. These are
|
|
// the bits which may be modified. I'm not aware of a better way to do
|
|
// this scan.
|
|
uint64_t RHSVal = RHS->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
bool CarryIn = false;
|
|
uint64_t CarryBits = 0;
|
|
uint64_t CurBit = 1;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != BitWidth; ++i, CurBit <<= 1) {
|
|
// Record the current carry in.
|
|
if (CarryIn) CarryBits |= CurBit;
|
|
|
|
bool CarryOut;
|
|
|
|
// This bit has a carry out unless it is "zero + zero" or
|
|
// "zero + anything" with no carry in.
|
|
if ((KnownZero2 & CurBit) && ((RHSVal & CurBit) == 0)) {
|
|
CarryOut = false; // 0 + 0 has no carry out, even with carry in.
|
|
} else if (!CarryIn &&
|
|
((KnownZero2 & CurBit) || ((RHSVal & CurBit) == 0))) {
|
|
CarryOut = false; // 0 + anything has no carry out if no carry in.
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Otherwise, we have to assume we have a carry out.
|
|
CarryOut = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// This stage's carry out becomes the next stage's carry-in.
|
|
CarryIn = CarryOut;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now that we know which bits have carries, compute the known-1/0 sets.
|
|
|
|
// Bits are known one if they are known zero in one operand and one in the
|
|
// other, and there is no input carry.
|
|
KnownOne = ((KnownZero2 & RHSVal) | (KnownOne2 & ~RHSVal)) & ~CarryBits;
|
|
|
|
// Bits are known zero if they are known zero in both operands and there
|
|
// is no input carry.
|
|
KnownZero = KnownZero2 & ~RHSVal & ~CarryBits;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Shl:
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
uint64_t ShiftAmt = SA->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0), DemandedMask >> ShiftAmt,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
KnownZero <<= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownOne <<= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownZero |= (1ULL << ShiftAmt) - 1; // low bits known zero.
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
// For a logical shift right
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
unsigned ShiftAmt = SA->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
|
|
uint64_t HighBits = (1ULL << ShiftAmt)-1;
|
|
HighBits <<= I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() - ShiftAmt;
|
|
uint64_t TypeMask = cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
// Unsigned shift right.
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0),
|
|
(DemandedMask << ShiftAmt) & TypeMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
KnownZero &= TypeMask;
|
|
KnownOne &= TypeMask;
|
|
KnownZero >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownOne >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownZero |= HighBits; // high bits known zero.
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
// If this is an arithmetic shift right and only the low-bit is set, we can
|
|
// always convert this into a logical shr, even if the shift amount is
|
|
// variable. The low bit of the shift cannot be an input sign bit unless
|
|
// the shift amount is >= the size of the datatype, which is undefined.
|
|
if (DemandedMask == 1) {
|
|
// Perform the logical shift right.
|
|
Value *NewVal = new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, I->getOperand(0),
|
|
I->getOperand(1), I->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(NewVal), *I);
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewVal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SA = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
unsigned ShiftAmt = SA->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Compute the new bits that are at the top now.
|
|
uint64_t HighBits = (1ULL << ShiftAmt)-1;
|
|
HighBits <<= I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() - ShiftAmt;
|
|
uint64_t TypeMask = cast<IntegerType>(I->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
// Signed shift right.
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(I->getOperand(0),
|
|
(DemandedMask << ShiftAmt) & TypeMask,
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, Depth+1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
assert((KnownZero & KnownOne) == 0 && "Bits known to be one AND zero?");
|
|
KnownZero &= TypeMask;
|
|
KnownOne &= TypeMask;
|
|
KnownZero >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
KnownOne >>= ShiftAmt;
|
|
|
|
// Handle the sign bits.
|
|
uint64_t SignBit = 1ULL << (I->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
SignBit >>= ShiftAmt; // Adjust to where it is now in the mask.
|
|
|
|
// If the input sign bit is known to be zero, or if none of the top bits
|
|
// are demanded, turn this into an unsigned shift right.
|
|
if ((KnownZero & SignBit) || (HighBits & ~DemandedMask) == HighBits) {
|
|
// Perform the logical shift right.
|
|
Value *NewVal = new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, I->getOperand(0),
|
|
SA, I->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(NewVal), *I);
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, NewVal);
|
|
} else if (KnownOne & SignBit) { // New bits are known one.
|
|
KnownOne |= HighBits;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the client is only demanding bits that we know, return the known
|
|
// constant.
|
|
if ((DemandedMask & (KnownZero|KnownOne)) == DemandedMask)
|
|
return UpdateValueUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), KnownOne));
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// SimplifyDemandedVectorElts - The specified value producecs a vector with
|
|
/// 64 or fewer elements. DemandedElts contains the set of elements that are
|
|
/// actually used by the caller. This method analyzes which elements of the
|
|
/// operand are undef and returns that information in UndefElts.
|
|
///
|
|
/// If the information about demanded elements can be used to simplify the
|
|
/// operation, the operation is simplified, then the resultant value is
|
|
/// returned. This returns null if no change was made.
|
|
Value *InstCombiner::SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(Value *V, uint64_t DemandedElts,
|
|
uint64_t &UndefElts,
|
|
unsigned Depth) {
|
|
unsigned VWidth = cast<PackedType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
|
|
assert(VWidth <= 64 && "Vector too wide to analyze!");
|
|
uint64_t EltMask = ~0ULL >> (64-VWidth);
|
|
assert(DemandedElts != EltMask && (DemandedElts & ~EltMask) == 0 &&
|
|
"Invalid DemandedElts!");
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
|
|
// If the entire vector is undefined, just return this info.
|
|
UndefElts = EltMask;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else if (DemandedElts == 0) { // If nothing is demanded, provide undef.
|
|
UndefElts = EltMask;
|
|
return UndefValue::get(V->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
UndefElts = 0;
|
|
if (ConstantPacked *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantPacked>(V)) {
|
|
const Type *EltTy = cast<PackedType>(V->getType())->getElementType();
|
|
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy);
|
|
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i)
|
|
if (!(DemandedElts & (1ULL << i))) { // If not demanded, set to undef.
|
|
Elts.push_back(Undef);
|
|
UndefElts |= (1ULL << i);
|
|
} else if (isa<UndefValue>(CP->getOperand(i))) { // Already undef.
|
|
Elts.push_back(Undef);
|
|
UndefElts |= (1ULL << i);
|
|
} else { // Otherwise, defined.
|
|
Elts.push_back(CP->getOperand(i));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we changed the constant, return it.
|
|
Constant *NewCP = ConstantPacked::get(Elts);
|
|
return NewCP != CP ? NewCP : 0;
|
|
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
|
|
// Simplify the CAZ to a ConstantPacked where the non-demanded elements are
|
|
// set to undef.
|
|
const Type *EltTy = cast<PackedType>(V->getType())->getElementType();
|
|
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(EltTy);
|
|
Constant *Undef = UndefValue::get(EltTy);
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != VWidth; ++i)
|
|
Elts.push_back((DemandedElts & (1ULL << i)) ? Zero : Undef);
|
|
UndefElts = DemandedElts ^ EltMask;
|
|
return ConstantPacked::get(Elts);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!V->hasOneUse()) { // Other users may use these bits.
|
|
if (Depth != 0) { // Not at the root.
|
|
// TODO: Just compute the UndefElts information recursively.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
} else if (Depth == 10) { // Limit search depth.
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (!I) return false; // Only analyze instructions.
|
|
|
|
bool MadeChange = false;
|
|
uint64_t UndefElts2;
|
|
Value *TmpV;
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::InsertElement: {
|
|
// If this is a variable index, we don't know which element it overwrites.
|
|
// demand exactly the same input as we produce.
|
|
ConstantInt *Idx = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2));
|
|
if (Idx == 0) {
|
|
// Note that we can't propagate undef elt info, because we don't know
|
|
// which elt is getting updated.
|
|
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts,
|
|
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
|
|
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is inserting an element that isn't demanded, remove this
|
|
// insertelement.
|
|
unsigned IdxNo = Idx->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (IdxNo >= VWidth || (DemandedElts & (1ULL << IdxNo)) == 0)
|
|
return AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist(*I, 0);
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the element inserted overwrites whatever was there, so the
|
|
// input demanded set is simpler than the output set.
|
|
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0),
|
|
DemandedElts & ~(1ULL << IdxNo),
|
|
UndefElts, Depth+1);
|
|
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
|
|
|
|
// The inserted element is defined.
|
|
UndefElts |= 1ULL << IdxNo;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
case Instruction::Sub:
|
|
case Instruction::Mul:
|
|
// div/rem demand all inputs, because they don't want divide by zero.
|
|
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(0), DemandedElts,
|
|
UndefElts, Depth+1);
|
|
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(0, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
|
|
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(I->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
|
|
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
|
|
if (TmpV) { I->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
|
|
|
|
// Output elements are undefined if both are undefined. Consider things
|
|
// like undef&0. The result is known zero, not undef.
|
|
UndefElts &= UndefElts2;
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Call: {
|
|
IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(I);
|
|
if (!II) break;
|
|
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
|
|
// Binary vector operations that work column-wise. A dest element is a
|
|
// function of the corresponding input elements from the two inputs.
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_min_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_max_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_min_sd:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_max_sd:
|
|
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), DemandedElts,
|
|
UndefElts, Depth+1);
|
|
if (TmpV) { II->setOperand(1, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
|
|
TmpV = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(2), DemandedElts,
|
|
UndefElts2, Depth+1);
|
|
if (TmpV) { II->setOperand(2, TmpV); MadeChange = true; }
|
|
|
|
// If only the low elt is demanded and this is a scalarizable intrinsic,
|
|
// scalarize it now.
|
|
if (DemandedElts == 1) {
|
|
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
|
|
// TODO: Lower MIN/MAX/ABS/etc
|
|
Value *LHS = II->getOperand(1);
|
|
Value *RHS = II->getOperand(2);
|
|
// Extract the element as scalars.
|
|
LHS = InsertNewInstBefore(new ExtractElementInst(LHS, 0U,"tmp"), *II);
|
|
RHS = InsertNewInstBefore(new ExtractElementInst(RHS, 0U,"tmp"), *II);
|
|
|
|
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Case stmts out of sync!");
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_sub_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_sub_sd:
|
|
TmpV = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, RHS,
|
|
II->getName()), *II);
|
|
break;
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_mul_ss:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_mul_sd:
|
|
TmpV = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, RHS,
|
|
II->getName()), *II);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *New =
|
|
new InsertElementInst(UndefValue::get(II->getType()), TmpV, 0U,
|
|
II->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(New, *II);
|
|
AddSoonDeadInstToWorklist(*II, 0);
|
|
return New;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Output elements are undefined if both are undefined. Consider things
|
|
// like undef&0. The result is known zero, not undef.
|
|
UndefElts &= UndefElts2;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return MadeChange ? I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// @returns true if the specified compare instruction is
|
|
/// true when both operands are equal...
|
|
/// @brief Determine if the ICmpInst returns true if both operands are equal
|
|
static bool isTrueWhenEqual(ICmpInst &ICI) {
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = ICI.getPredicate();
|
|
return pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
|
|
pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE || pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
|
|
pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// AssociativeOpt - Perform an optimization on an associative operator. This
|
|
/// function is designed to check a chain of associative operators for a
|
|
/// potential to apply a certain optimization. Since the optimization may be
|
|
/// applicable if the expression was reassociated, this checks the chain, then
|
|
/// reassociates the expression as necessary to expose the optimization
|
|
/// opportunity. This makes use of a special Functor, which must define
|
|
/// 'shouldApply' and 'apply' methods.
|
|
///
|
|
template<typename Functor>
|
|
Instruction *AssociativeOpt(BinaryOperator &Root, const Functor &F) {
|
|
unsigned Opcode = Root.getOpcode();
|
|
Value *LHS = Root.getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// Quick check, see if the immediate LHS matches...
|
|
if (F.shouldApply(LHS))
|
|
return F.apply(Root);
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if the LHS is not of the same opcode as the root, return.
|
|
Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
|
|
while (LHSI && LHSI->getOpcode() == Opcode && LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Should we apply this transform to the RHS?
|
|
bool ShouldApply = F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// If not to the RHS, check to see if we should apply to the LHS...
|
|
if (!ShouldApply && F.shouldApply(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(LHSI)->swapOperands(); // Make the LHS the RHS
|
|
ShouldApply = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the functor wants to apply the optimization to the RHS of LHSI,
|
|
// reassociate the expression from ((? op A) op B) to (? op (A op B))
|
|
if (ShouldApply) {
|
|
BasicBlock *BB = Root.getParent();
|
|
|
|
// Now all of the instructions are in the current basic block, go ahead
|
|
// and perform the reassociation.
|
|
Instruction *TmpLHSI = cast<Instruction>(Root.getOperand(0));
|
|
|
|
// First move the selected RHS to the LHS of the root...
|
|
Root.setOperand(0, LHSI->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// Make what used to be the LHS of the root be the user of the root...
|
|
Value *ExtraOperand = TmpLHSI->getOperand(1);
|
|
if (&Root == TmpLHSI) {
|
|
Root.replaceAllUsesWith(Constant::getNullValue(TmpLHSI->getType()));
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
Root.replaceAllUsesWith(TmpLHSI); // Users now use TmpLHSI
|
|
TmpLHSI->setOperand(1, &Root); // TmpLHSI now uses the root
|
|
TmpLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(TmpLHSI);
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator ARI = &Root; ++ARI;
|
|
BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, TmpLHSI); // Move TmpLHSI to after Root
|
|
ARI = Root;
|
|
|
|
// Now propagate the ExtraOperand down the chain of instructions until we
|
|
// get to LHSI.
|
|
while (TmpLHSI != LHSI) {
|
|
Instruction *NextLHSI = cast<Instruction>(TmpLHSI->getOperand(0));
|
|
// Move the instruction to immediately before the chain we are
|
|
// constructing to avoid breaking dominance properties.
|
|
NextLHSI->getParent()->getInstList().remove(NextLHSI);
|
|
BB->getInstList().insert(ARI, NextLHSI);
|
|
ARI = NextLHSI;
|
|
|
|
Value *NextOp = NextLHSI->getOperand(1);
|
|
NextLHSI->setOperand(1, ExtraOperand);
|
|
TmpLHSI = NextLHSI;
|
|
ExtraOperand = NextOp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now that the instructions are reassociated, have the functor perform
|
|
// the transformation...
|
|
return F.apply(Root);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// AddRHS - Implements: X + X --> X << 1
|
|
struct AddRHS {
|
|
Value *RHS;
|
|
AddRHS(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
|
|
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
|
|
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Add.getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, 1));
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
// AddMaskingAnd - Implements (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2)
|
|
// iff C1&C2 == 0
|
|
struct AddMaskingAnd {
|
|
Constant *C2;
|
|
AddMaskingAnd(Constant *c) : C2(c) {}
|
|
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const {
|
|
ConstantInt *C1;
|
|
return match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
|
|
ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, C2)->isNullValue();
|
|
}
|
|
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Add) const {
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createOr(Add.getOperand(0), Add.getOperand(1));
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
static Value *FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Instruction &I, Value *SO,
|
|
InstCombiner *IC) {
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(&I)) {
|
|
if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO))
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), SOC, I.getType());
|
|
|
|
return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(CastInst::create(
|
|
CI->getOpcode(), SO, I.getType(), SO->getName() + ".cast"), I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Figure out if the constant is the left or the right argument.
|
|
bool ConstIsRHS = isa<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
|
|
Constant *ConstOperand = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(ConstIsRHS));
|
|
|
|
if (Constant *SOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO)) {
|
|
if (ConstIsRHS)
|
|
return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), SOC, ConstOperand);
|
|
return ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), ConstOperand, SOC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *Op0 = SO, *Op1 = ConstOperand;
|
|
if (!ConstIsRHS)
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
|
|
Instruction *New;
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
|
|
New = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1,SO->getName()+".op");
|
|
else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
|
|
New = CmpInst::create(CI->getOpcode(), CI->getPredicate(), Op0, Op1,
|
|
SO->getName()+".cmp");
|
|
else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
|
|
New = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), Op0, Op1, SO->getName()+".sh");
|
|
else {
|
|
assert(0 && "Unknown binary instruction type!");
|
|
abort();
|
|
}
|
|
return IC->InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FoldOpIntoSelect - Given an instruction with a select as one operand and a
|
|
// constant as the other operand, try to fold the binary operator into the
|
|
// select arguments. This also works for Cast instructions, which obviously do
|
|
// not have a second operand.
|
|
static Instruction *FoldOpIntoSelect(Instruction &Op, SelectInst *SI,
|
|
InstCombiner *IC) {
|
|
// Don't modify shared select instructions
|
|
if (!SI->hasOneUse()) return 0;
|
|
Value *TV = SI->getOperand(1);
|
|
Value *FV = SI->getOperand(2);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(TV) || isa<Constant>(FV)) {
|
|
// Bool selects with constant operands can be folded to logical ops.
|
|
if (SI->getType() == Type::Int1Ty) return 0;
|
|
|
|
Value *SelectTrueVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, TV, IC);
|
|
Value *SelectFalseVal = FoldOperationIntoSelectOperand(Op, FV, IC);
|
|
|
|
return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), SelectTrueVal,
|
|
SelectFalseVal);
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// FoldOpIntoPhi - Given a binary operator or cast instruction which has a PHI
|
|
/// node as operand #0, see if we can fold the instruction into the PHI (which
|
|
/// is only possible if all operands to the PHI are constants).
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldOpIntoPhi(Instruction &I) {
|
|
PHINode *PN = cast<PHINode>(I.getOperand(0));
|
|
unsigned NumPHIValues = PN->getNumIncomingValues();
|
|
if (!PN->hasOneUse() || NumPHIValues == 0) return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if all of the operands of the PHI are constants. If there is
|
|
// one non-constant value, remember the BB it is. If there is more than one
|
|
// bail out.
|
|
BasicBlock *NonConstBB = 0;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
|
|
if (NonConstBB) return 0; // More than one non-const value.
|
|
NonConstBB = PN->getIncomingBlock(i);
|
|
|
|
// If the incoming non-constant value is in I's block, we have an infinite
|
|
// loop.
|
|
if (NonConstBB == I.getParent())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If there is exactly one non-constant value, we can insert a copy of the
|
|
// operation in that block. However, if this is a critical edge, we would be
|
|
// inserting the computation one some other paths (e.g. inside a loop). Only
|
|
// do this if the pred block is unconditionally branching into the phi block.
|
|
if (NonConstBB) {
|
|
BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(NonConstBB->getTerminator());
|
|
if (!BI || !BI->isUnconditional()) return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Okay, we can do the transformation: create the new PHI node.
|
|
PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(I.getType(), I.getName());
|
|
I.setName("");
|
|
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN->getNumOperands()/2);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, *PN);
|
|
|
|
// Next, add all of the operands to the PHI.
|
|
if (I.getNumOperands() == 2) {
|
|
Constant *C = cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1));
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
|
|
Value *InV;
|
|
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
|
|
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
|
|
InV = ConstantExpr::getCompare(CI->getPredicate(), InC, C);
|
|
else
|
|
InV = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), InC, C);
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(&I))
|
|
InV = BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(),
|
|
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
|
|
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
|
|
else if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(&I))
|
|
InV = CmpInst::create(CI->getOpcode(),
|
|
CI->getPredicate(),
|
|
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
|
|
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
|
|
else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(&I))
|
|
InV = new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(),
|
|
PN->getIncomingValue(i), C, "phitmp",
|
|
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
|
|
else
|
|
assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
|
|
|
|
WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(InV));
|
|
}
|
|
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
CastInst *CI = cast<CastInst>(&I);
|
|
const Type *RetTy = CI->getType();
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumPHIValues; ++i) {
|
|
Value *InV;
|
|
if (Constant *InC = dyn_cast<Constant>(PN->getIncomingValue(i))) {
|
|
InV = ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), InC, RetTy);
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(PN->getIncomingBlock(i) == NonConstBB);
|
|
InV = CastInst::create(CI->getOpcode(), PN->getIncomingValue(i),
|
|
I.getType(), "phitmp",
|
|
NonConstBB->getTerminator());
|
|
WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(InV));
|
|
}
|
|
NewPN->addIncoming(InV, PN->getIncomingBlock(i));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, NewPN);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAdd(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
|
|
Value *LHS = I.getOperand(0), *RHS = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(RHS)) {
|
|
// X + undef -> undef
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
|
|
// X + 0 --> X
|
|
if (!I.getType()->isFPOrFPVector()) { // NOTE: -0 + +0 = +0.
|
|
if (RHSC->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
} else if (ConstantFP *CFP = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(RHSC)) {
|
|
if (CFP->isExactlyValue(-0.0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)) {
|
|
// X + (signbit) --> X ^ signbit
|
|
uint64_t Val = CI->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (Val == (1ULL << (CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1)))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(LHS, RHS);
|
|
|
|
// See if SimplifyDemandedBits can simplify this. This handles stuff like
|
|
// (X & 254)+1 -> (X&254)|1
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
if (!isa<PackedType>(I.getType()) &&
|
|
SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne))
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(LHS))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *XorRHS = 0;
|
|
Value *XorLHS = 0;
|
|
if (match(LHS, m_Xor(m_Value(XorLHS), m_ConstantInt(XorRHS)))) {
|
|
unsigned TySizeBits = I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
int64_t RHSSExt = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getSExtValue();
|
|
uint64_t RHSZExt = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSC)->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
uint64_t C0080Val = 1ULL << 31;
|
|
int64_t CFF80Val = -C0080Val;
|
|
unsigned Size = 32;
|
|
do {
|
|
if (TySizeBits > Size) {
|
|
bool Found = false;
|
|
// If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0x80), 0xF..F80), it's a sext.
|
|
// If we have ADD(XOR(AND(X, 0xFF), 0xF..F80), 0x80), it's a sext.
|
|
if (RHSSExt == CFF80Val) {
|
|
if (XorRHS->getZExtValue() == C0080Val)
|
|
Found = true;
|
|
} else if (RHSZExt == C0080Val) {
|
|
if (XorRHS->getSExtValue() == CFF80Val)
|
|
Found = true;
|
|
}
|
|
if (Found) {
|
|
// This is a sign extend if the top bits are known zero.
|
|
uint64_t Mask = ~0ULL;
|
|
Mask <<= 64-(TySizeBits-Size);
|
|
Mask &= cast<IntegerType>(XorLHS->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
if (!MaskedValueIsZero(XorLHS, Mask))
|
|
Size = 0; // Not a sign ext, but can't be any others either.
|
|
goto FoundSExt;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Size >>= 1;
|
|
C0080Val >>= Size;
|
|
CFF80Val >>= Size;
|
|
} while (Size >= 8);
|
|
|
|
FoundSExt:
|
|
const Type *MiddleType = 0;
|
|
switch (Size) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case 32: MiddleType = Type::Int32Ty; break;
|
|
case 16: MiddleType = Type::Int16Ty; break;
|
|
case 8: MiddleType = Type::Int8Ty; break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (MiddleType) {
|
|
Instruction *NewTrunc = new TruncInst(XorLHS, MiddleType, "sext");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewTrunc, I);
|
|
return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, I.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// X + X --> X << 1
|
|
if (I.getType()->isInteger() && I.getType() != Type::Int1Ty) {
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, AddRHS(RHS))) return Result;
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RHS)) {
|
|
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
|
|
if (LHS == RHSI->getOperand(1)) // A + (B - A) --> B
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHSI->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS)) {
|
|
if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub)
|
|
if (RHS == LHSI->getOperand(1)) // (B - A) + A --> B
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHSI->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// -A + B --> B - A
|
|
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(LHS))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSub(RHS, V);
|
|
|
|
// A + -B --> A - B
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(RHS))
|
|
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(RHS))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSub(LHS, V);
|
|
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *C2;
|
|
if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(LHS, C2)) {
|
|
if (X == RHS) // X*C + X --> X * (C+1)
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(RHS, AddOne(C2));
|
|
|
|
// X*C1 + X*C2 --> X * (C1+C2)
|
|
ConstantInt *C1;
|
|
if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C1))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(X, ConstantExpr::getAdd(C1, C2));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// X + X*C --> X * (C+1)
|
|
if (dyn_castFoldableMul(RHS, C2) == LHS)
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(LHS, AddOne(C2));
|
|
|
|
// X + ~X --> -1 since ~X = -X-1
|
|
if (dyn_castNotVal(LHS) == RHS ||
|
|
dyn_castNotVal(RHS) == LHS)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
|
|
// (A & C1)+(B & C2) --> (A & C1)|(B & C2) iff C1&C2 == 0
|
|
if (match(RHS, m_And(m_Value(), m_ConstantInt(C2))))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, AddMaskingAnd(C2)))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS)) {
|
|
Value *X = 0;
|
|
if (match(LHS, m_Not(m_Value(X)))) { // ~X + C --> (C-1) - X
|
|
Constant *C= ConstantExpr::getSub(CRHS, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSub(C, X);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X & FF00) + xx00 -> (X+xx00) & FF00
|
|
if (LHS->hasOneUse() && match(LHS, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
|
|
Constant *Anded = ConstantExpr::getAnd(CRHS, C2);
|
|
if (Anded == CRHS) {
|
|
// See if all bits from the first bit set in the Add RHS up are included
|
|
// in the mask. First, get the rightmost bit.
|
|
uint64_t AddRHSV = CRHS->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Form a mask of all bits from the lowest bit added through the top.
|
|
uint64_t AddRHSHighBits = ~((AddRHSV & -AddRHSV)-1);
|
|
AddRHSHighBits &= C2->getType()->getBitMask();
|
|
|
|
// See if the and mask includes all of these bits.
|
|
uint64_t AddRHSHighBitsAnd = AddRHSHighBits & C2->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
if (AddRHSHighBits == AddRHSHighBitsAnd) {
|
|
// Okay, the xform is safe. Insert the new add pronto.
|
|
Value *NewAdd = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(X, CRHS,
|
|
LHS->getName()), I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewAdd, C2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant add into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(LHS))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// add (cast *A to intptrtype) B ->
|
|
// cast (GEP (cast *A to sbyte*) B) ->
|
|
// intptrtype
|
|
{
|
|
CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(LHS);
|
|
Value *Other = RHS;
|
|
if (!CI) {
|
|
CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS);
|
|
Other = LHS;
|
|
}
|
|
if (CI && CI->getType()->isSized() &&
|
|
(CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() ==
|
|
TD->getIntPtrType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
|
|
&& isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
|
|
Value *I2 = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, CI->getOperand(0),
|
|
PointerType::get(Type::Int8Ty), I);
|
|
I2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new GetElementPtrInst(I2, Other, "ctg2"), I);
|
|
return new PtrToIntInst(I2, CI->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// isSignBit - Return true if the value represented by the constant only has the
|
|
// highest order bit set.
|
|
static bool isSignBit(ConstantInt *CI) {
|
|
unsigned NumBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
return (CI->getZExtValue() & (~0ULL >> (64-NumBits))) == (1ULL << (NumBits-1));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSub(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1) // sub X, X -> 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// If this is a 'B = x-(-A)', change to B = x+A...
|
|
if (Value *V = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, V);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // undef - X -> undef
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X - undef -> undef
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0)) {
|
|
// Replace (-1 - A) with (~A)...
|
|
if (C->isAllOnesValue())
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1);
|
|
|
|
// C - ~X == X + (1+C)
|
|
Value *X = 0;
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(X))))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAdd(X,
|
|
ConstantExpr::getAdd(C, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)));
|
|
// -(X >>u 31) -> (X >>s 31)
|
|
// -(X >>s 31) -> (X >>u 31)
|
|
if (C->isNullValue()) {
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
|
|
if (CU->getZExtValue() ==
|
|
SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
|
|
// Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert AShr.
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::AShr, SI->getOperand(0), CU,
|
|
SI->getName());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CU = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Check to see if we are shifting out everything but the sign bit.
|
|
if (CU->getZExtValue() ==
|
|
SI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1) {
|
|
// Ok, the transformation is safe. Insert LShr.
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, SI->getOperand(0), CU,
|
|
SI->getName());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant sub into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add &&
|
|
!Op0->getType()->isFPOrFPVector()) {
|
|
if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // X-(X+Y) == -Y
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
|
|
else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) // X-(Y+X) == -Y
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op1I->getOperand(0), I.getName());
|
|
else if (ConstantInt *CI1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I.getOperand(0))) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
|
|
// C1-(X+C2) --> (C1-C2)-X
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSub(ConstantExpr::getSub(CI1, CI2),
|
|
Op1I->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Replace (x - (y - z)) with (x + (z - y)) if the (y - z) subexpression
|
|
// is not used by anyone else...
|
|
//
|
|
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
|
|
!Op1I->getType()->isFPOrFPVector()) {
|
|
// Swap the two operands of the subexpr...
|
|
Value *IIOp0 = Op1I->getOperand(0), *IIOp1 = Op1I->getOperand(1);
|
|
Op1I->setOperand(0, IIOp1);
|
|
Op1I->setOperand(1, IIOp0);
|
|
|
|
// Create the new top level add instruction...
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Replace (A - (A & B)) with (A & ~B) if this is the only use of (A&B)...
|
|
//
|
|
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
|
|
(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0 || Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0)) {
|
|
Value *OtherOp = Op1I->getOperand(Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0);
|
|
|
|
Value *NewNot =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(OtherOp, "B.not"), I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, NewNot);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// 0 - (X sdiv C) -> (X sdiv -C)
|
|
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv)
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
|
|
if (CSI->isNullValue())
|
|
if (Constant *DivRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1I->getOperand(1)))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSDiv(Op1I->getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
|
|
|
|
// X - X*C --> X * (1-C)
|
|
ConstantInt *C2 = 0;
|
|
if (dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1I, C2) == Op0) {
|
|
Constant *CP1 =
|
|
ConstantExpr::getSub(ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1), C2);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0, CP1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Op0->getType()->isFPOrFPVector())
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
|
|
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
|
|
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (Y+X)-Y == X
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
|
|
else if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) // (X+Y)-Y == X
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
|
|
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub) {
|
|
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (X-Y)-X == -Y
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0I->getOperand(1), I.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *C1;
|
|
if (Value *X = dyn_castFoldableMul(Op0, C1)) {
|
|
if (X == Op1) { // X*C - X --> X * (C-1)
|
|
Constant *CP1 = ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, ConstantInt::get(I.getType(),1));
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, CP1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *C2; // X*C1 - X*C2 -> X * (C1-C2)
|
|
if (X == dyn_castFoldableMul(Op1, C2))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op1, ConstantExpr::getSub(C1, C2));
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// isSignBitCheck - Given an exploded icmp instruction, return true if it
|
|
/// really just returns true if the most significant (sign) bit is set.
|
|
static bool isSignBitCheck(ICmpInst::Predicate pred, ConstantInt *RHS) {
|
|
switch (pred) {
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
// True if LHS s< RHS and RHS == 0
|
|
return RHS->isNullValue();
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
|
|
// True if LHS s<= RHS and RHS == -1
|
|
return RHS->isAllOnesValue();
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
|
|
// True if LHS u>= RHS and RHS == high-bit-mask (2^7, 2^15, 2^31, etc)
|
|
return RHS->getZExtValue() == (1ULL <<
|
|
(RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1));
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
// True if LHS u> RHS and RHS == high-bit-mask - 1
|
|
return RHS->getZExtValue() ==
|
|
(1ULL << (RHS->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1))-1;
|
|
default:
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitMul(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(I.getOperand(1))) // undef * X -> 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// Simplify mul instructions with a constant RHS...
|
|
if (Constant *Op1 = dyn_cast<Constant>(I.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
|
|
// ((X << C1)*C2) == (X * (C2 << C1))
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
|
|
if (Constant *ShOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(SI->getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShOp));
|
|
|
|
if (CI->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X * 0 == 0
|
|
if (CI->equalsInt(1)) // X * 1 == X
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
if (CI->isAllOnesValue()) // X * -1 == 0 - X
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0, I.getName());
|
|
|
|
int64_t Val = (int64_t)cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(Val)) { // Replace X*(2^C) with X << C
|
|
uint64_t C = Log2_64(Val);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, C));
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (ConstantFP *Op1F = dyn_cast<ConstantFP>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (Op1F->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
|
|
|
|
// "In IEEE floating point, x*1 is not equivalent to x for nans. However,
|
|
// ANSI says we can drop signals, so we can do this anyway." (from GCC)
|
|
if (Op1F->getValue() == 1.0)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0); // Eliminate 'mul double %X, 1.0'
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
|
|
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add && Op0I->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Canonicalize (X+C1)*C2 -> X*C2+C1*C2.
|
|
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0I->getOperand(0),
|
|
Op1, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
|
|
Value *C1C2 = ConstantExpr::getMul(Op1,
|
|
cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(1)));
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Add, C1C2);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant mul into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Value *Op0v = dyn_castNegVal(Op0)) // -X * -Y = X*Y
|
|
if (Value *Op1v = dyn_castNegVal(I.getOperand(1)))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(Op0v, Op1v);
|
|
|
|
// If one of the operands of the multiply is a cast from a boolean value, then
|
|
// we know the bool is either zero or one, so this is a 'masking' multiply.
|
|
// See if we can simplify things based on how the boolean was originally
|
|
// formed.
|
|
CastInst *BoolCast = 0;
|
|
if (ZExtInst *CI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(I.getOperand(0)))
|
|
if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
|
|
BoolCast = CI;
|
|
if (!BoolCast)
|
|
if (ZExtInst *CI = dyn_cast<ZExtInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (CI->getOperand(0)->getType() == Type::Int1Ty)
|
|
BoolCast = CI;
|
|
if (BoolCast) {
|
|
if (ICmpInst *SCI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(BoolCast->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
Value *SCIOp0 = SCI->getOperand(0), *SCIOp1 = SCI->getOperand(1);
|
|
const Type *SCOpTy = SCIOp0->getType();
|
|
|
|
// If the icmp is true iff the sign bit of X is set, then convert this
|
|
// multiply into a shift/and combination.
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1) &&
|
|
isSignBitCheck(SCI->getPredicate(), cast<ConstantInt>(SCIOp1))) {
|
|
// Shift the X value right to turn it into "all signbits".
|
|
Constant *Amt = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty,
|
|
SCOpTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
Value *V =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::AShr, SCIOp0, Amt,
|
|
BoolCast->getOperand(0)->getName()+
|
|
".mask"), I);
|
|
|
|
// If the multiply type is not the same as the source type, sign extend
|
|
// or truncate to the multiply type.
|
|
if (I.getType() != V->getType()) {
|
|
unsigned SrcBits = V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned DstBits = I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode =
|
|
(SrcBits == DstBits ? Instruction::BitCast :
|
|
(SrcBits < DstBits ? Instruction::SExt : Instruction::Trunc));
|
|
V = InsertCastBefore(opcode, V, I.getType(), I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *OtherOp = Op0 == BoolCast ? I.getOperand(1) : Op0;
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, OtherOp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// This function implements the transforms on div instructions that work
|
|
/// regardless of the kind of div instruction it is (udiv, sdiv, or fdiv). It is
|
|
/// used by the visitors to those instructions.
|
|
/// @brief Transforms common to all three div instructions
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// undef / X -> 0
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// X / undef -> undef
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
|
|
|
|
// Handle cases involving: div X, (select Cond, Y, Z)
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
// div X, (Cond ? 0 : Y) -> div X, Y. If the div and the select are in the
|
|
// same basic block, then we replace the select with Y, and the condition
|
|
// of the select with false (if the cond value is in the same BB). If the
|
|
// select has uses other than the div, this allows them to be simplified
|
|
// also. Note that div X, Y is just as good as div X, 0 (undef)
|
|
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (ST->isNullValue()) {
|
|
Instruction *CondI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI->getOperand(0));
|
|
if (CondI && CondI->getParent() == I.getParent())
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(CondI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
else if (I.getParent() != SI->getParent() || SI->hasOneUse())
|
|
I.setOperand(1, SI->getOperand(2));
|
|
else
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(SI, SI->getOperand(2));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Likewise for: div X, (Cond ? Y : 0) -> div X, Y
|
|
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
|
|
if (ST->isNullValue()) {
|
|
Instruction *CondI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI->getOperand(0));
|
|
if (CondI && CondI->getParent() == I.getParent())
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(CondI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
else if (I.getParent() != SI->getParent() || SI->hasOneUse())
|
|
I.setOperand(1, SI->getOperand(1));
|
|
else
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(SI, SI->getOperand(1));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// This function implements the transforms common to both integer division
|
|
/// instructions (udiv and sdiv). It is called by the visitors to those integer
|
|
/// division instructions.
|
|
/// @brief Common integer divide transforms
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIDivTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *Common = commonDivTransforms(I))
|
|
return Common;
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
// div X, 1 == X
|
|
if (RHS->equalsInt(1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
|
|
// (X / C1) / C2 -> X / (C1*C2)
|
|
if (Instruction *LHS = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction::BinaryOps(LHS->getOpcode()) == I.getOpcode())
|
|
if (ConstantInt *LHSRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHS->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(I.getOpcode(), LHS->getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantExpr::getMul(RHS, LHSRHS));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!RHS->isNullValue()) { // avoid X udiv 0
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// 0 / X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
|
|
if (ConstantInt *LHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
|
|
if (LHS->equalsInt(0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// Handle the integer div common cases
|
|
if (Instruction *Common = commonIDivTransforms(I))
|
|
return Common;
|
|
|
|
// X udiv C^2 -> X >> C
|
|
// Check to see if this is an unsigned division with an exact power of 2,
|
|
// if so, convert to a right shift.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (uint64_t Val = C->getZExtValue()) // Don't break X / 0
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(Val)) {
|
|
uint64_t ShiftAmt = Log2_64(Val);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Op0,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShiftAmt));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// X udiv (C1 << N), where C1 is "1<<C2" --> X >> (N+C2)
|
|
if (ShiftInst *RHSI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
uint64_t C1 = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(C1)) {
|
|
Value *N = RHSI->getOperand(1);
|
|
const Type *NTy = N->getType();
|
|
if (uint64_t C2 = Log2_64(C1)) {
|
|
Constant *C2V = ConstantInt::get(NTy, C2);
|
|
N = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(N, C2V, "tmp"), I);
|
|
}
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Op0, N);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// udiv X, (Select Cond, C1, C2) --> Select Cond, (shr X, C1), (shr X, C2)
|
|
// where C1&C2 are powers of two.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(2)))
|
|
if (!STO->isNullValue() && !STO->isNullValue()) {
|
|
uint64_t TVA = STO->getZExtValue(), FVA = SFO->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(TVA) && isPowerOf2_64(FVA)) {
|
|
// Compute the shift amounts
|
|
unsigned TSA = Log2_64(TVA), FSA = Log2_64(FVA);
|
|
// Construct the "on true" case of the select
|
|
Constant *TC = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, TSA);
|
|
Instruction *TSI =
|
|
new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Op0, TC, SI->getName()+".t");
|
|
TSI = InsertNewInstBefore(TSI, I);
|
|
|
|
// Construct the "on false" case of the select
|
|
Constant *FC = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, FSA);
|
|
Instruction *FSI =
|
|
new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Op0, FC, SI->getName()+".f");
|
|
FSI = InsertNewInstBefore(FSI, I);
|
|
|
|
// construct the select instruction and return it.
|
|
return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TSI, FSI, SI->getName());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// Handle the integer div common cases
|
|
if (Instruction *Common = commonIDivTransforms(I))
|
|
return Common;
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
// sdiv X, -1 == -X
|
|
if (RHS->isAllOnesValue())
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNeg(Op0);
|
|
|
|
// -X/C -> X/-C
|
|
if (Value *LHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op0))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSDiv(LHSNeg, ConstantExpr::getNeg(RHS));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the sign bits of both operands are zero (i.e. we can prove they are
|
|
// unsigned inputs), turn this into a udiv.
|
|
if (I.getType()->isInteger()) {
|
|
uint64_t Mask = 1ULL << (I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Mask) && MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Mask)) {
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createUDiv(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFDiv(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
return commonDivTransforms(I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// GetFactor - If we can prove that the specified value is at least a multiple
|
|
/// of some factor, return that factor.
|
|
static Constant *GetFactor(Value *V) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(V))
|
|
return CI;
|
|
|
|
// Unless we can be tricky, we know this is a multiple of 1.
|
|
Constant *Result = ConstantInt::get(V->getType(), 1);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (!I) return Result;
|
|
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul) {
|
|
// Handle multiplies by a constant, etc.
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getMul(GetFactor(I->getOperand(0)),
|
|
GetFactor(I->getOperand(1)));
|
|
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
|
|
// (X<<C) -> X * (1 << C)
|
|
if (Constant *ShRHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
ShRHS = ConstantExpr::getShl(Result, ShRHS);
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getMul(GetFactor(I->getOperand(0)), ShRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// X & 0xFFF0 is known to be a multiple of 16.
|
|
unsigned Zeros = CountTrailingZeros_64(RHS->getZExtValue());
|
|
if (Zeros != V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getShl(Result,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, Zeros));
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(I)) {
|
|
// Only handle int->int casts.
|
|
if (!CI->isIntegerCast())
|
|
return Result;
|
|
Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getCast(CI->getOpcode(), GetFactor(Op), V->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
return Result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// This function implements the transforms on rem instructions that work
|
|
/// regardless of the kind of rem instruction it is (urem, srem, or frem). It
|
|
/// is used by the visitors to those instructions.
|
|
/// @brief Transforms common to all three rem instructions
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// 0 % X == 0, we don't need to preserve faults!
|
|
if (Constant *LHS = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0))
|
|
if (LHS->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) // undef % X -> 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X % undef -> undef
|
|
|
|
// Handle cases involving: rem X, (select Cond, Y, Z)
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
// rem X, (Cond ? 0 : Y) -> rem X, Y. If the rem and the select are in
|
|
// the same basic block, then we replace the select with Y, and the
|
|
// condition of the select with false (if the cond value is in the same
|
|
// BB). If the select has uses other than the div, this allows them to be
|
|
// simplified also.
|
|
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (ST->isNullValue()) {
|
|
Instruction *CondI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI->getOperand(0));
|
|
if (CondI && CondI->getParent() == I.getParent())
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(CondI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
else if (I.getParent() != SI->getParent() || SI->hasOneUse())
|
|
I.setOperand(1, SI->getOperand(2));
|
|
else
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(SI, SI->getOperand(2));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
// Likewise for: rem X, (Cond ? Y : 0) -> rem X, Y
|
|
if (Constant *ST = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
|
|
if (ST->isNullValue()) {
|
|
Instruction *CondI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(SI->getOperand(0));
|
|
if (CondI && CondI->getParent() == I.getParent())
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(CondI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
else if (I.getParent() != SI->getParent() || SI->hasOneUse())
|
|
I.setOperand(1, SI->getOperand(1));
|
|
else
|
|
UpdateValueUsesWith(SI, SI->getOperand(1));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// This function implements the transforms common to both integer remainder
|
|
/// instructions (urem and srem). It is called by the visitors to those integer
|
|
/// remainder instructions.
|
|
/// @brief Common integer remainder transforms
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIRemTransforms(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *common = commonRemTransforms(I))
|
|
return common;
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
// X % 0 == undef, we don't need to preserve faults!
|
|
if (RHS->equalsInt(0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (RHS->equalsInt(1)) // X % 1 == 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *Op0I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0)) {
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0I)) {
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
} else if (isa<PHINode>(Op0I)) {
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
// (X * C1) % C2 --> 0 iff C1 % C2 == 0
|
|
if (ConstantExpr::getSRem(GetFactor(Op0I), RHS)->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitURem(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *common = commonIRemTransforms(I))
|
|
return common;
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
// X urem C^2 -> X and C
|
|
// Check to see if this is an unsigned remainder with an exact power of 2,
|
|
// if so, convert to a bitwise and.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(RHS))
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(C->getZExtValue()))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, SubOne(C));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *RHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Turn A % (C << N), where C is 2^k, into A & ((C << N)-1)
|
|
if (RHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
unsigned C1 = cast<ConstantInt>(RHSI->getOperand(0))->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(C1)) {
|
|
Constant *N1 = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
|
|
Value *Add = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(RHSI, N1,
|
|
"tmp"), I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, Add);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// urem X, (select Cond, 2^C1, 2^C2) --> select Cond, (and X, C1), (and X, C2)
|
|
// where C1&C2 are powers of two.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *STO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (ConstantInt *SFO = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getOperand(2))) {
|
|
// STO == 0 and SFO == 0 handled above.
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(STO->getZExtValue()) &&
|
|
isPowerOf2_64(SFO->getZExtValue())) {
|
|
Value *TrueAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, SubOne(STO), SI->getName()+".t"), I);
|
|
Value *FalseAnd = InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0, SubOne(SFO), SI->getName()+".f"), I);
|
|
return new SelectInst(SI->getOperand(0), TrueAnd, FalseAnd);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *common = commonIRemTransforms(I))
|
|
return common;
|
|
|
|
if (Value *RHSNeg = dyn_castNegVal(Op1))
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(RHSNeg) ||
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(RHSNeg)->getSExtValue() > 0) {
|
|
// X % -Y -> X % Y
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(I);
|
|
I.setOperand(1, RHSNeg);
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the top bits of both operands are zero (i.e. we can prove they are
|
|
// unsigned inputs), turn this into a urem.
|
|
uint64_t Mask = 1ULL << (I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1);
|
|
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, Mask) && MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, Mask)) {
|
|
// X srem Y -> X urem Y, iff X and Y don't have sign bit set
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createURem(Op0, Op1, I.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFRem(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
return commonRemTransforms(I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// isMaxValueMinusOne - return true if this is Max-1
|
|
static bool isMaxValueMinusOne(const ConstantInt *C, bool isSigned) {
|
|
if (isSigned) {
|
|
// Calculate 0111111111..11111
|
|
unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
int64_t Val = INT64_MAX; // All ones
|
|
Val >>= 64-TypeBits; // Shift out unwanted 1 bits...
|
|
return C->getSExtValue() == Val-1;
|
|
}
|
|
return C->getZExtValue() == C->getType()->getBitMask()-1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// isMinValuePlusOne - return true if this is Min+1
|
|
static bool isMinValuePlusOne(const ConstantInt *C, bool isSigned) {
|
|
if (isSigned) {
|
|
// Calculate 1111111111000000000000
|
|
unsigned TypeBits = C->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
int64_t Val = -1; // All ones
|
|
Val <<= TypeBits-1; // Shift over to the right spot
|
|
return C->getSExtValue() == Val+1;
|
|
}
|
|
return C->getZExtValue() == 1; // unsigned
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// isOneBitSet - Return true if there is exactly one bit set in the specified
|
|
// constant.
|
|
static bool isOneBitSet(const ConstantInt *CI) {
|
|
uint64_t V = CI->getZExtValue();
|
|
return V && (V & (V-1)) == 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if 0 // Currently unused
|
|
// isLowOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 0+1+.
|
|
static bool isLowOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
|
|
uint64_t V = CI->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
|
|
V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
|
|
return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
// isHighOnes - Return true if the constant is of the form 1+0+.
|
|
// This is the same as lowones(~X).
|
|
static bool isHighOnes(const ConstantInt *CI) {
|
|
uint64_t V = ~CI->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (~V == 0) return false; // 0's does not match "1+"
|
|
|
|
// There won't be bits set in parts that the type doesn't contain.
|
|
V &= ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(CI->getType())->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
uint64_t U = V+1; // If it is low ones, this should be a power of two.
|
|
return U && V && (U & V) == 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// getICmpCode - Encode a icmp predicate into a three bit mask. These bits
|
|
/// are carefully arranged to allow folding of expressions such as:
|
|
///
|
|
/// (A < B) | (A > B) --> (A != B)
|
|
///
|
|
/// Note that this is only valid if the first and second predicates have the
|
|
/// same sign. Is illegal to do: (A u< B) | (A s> B)
|
|
///
|
|
/// Three bits are used to represent the condition, as follows:
|
|
/// 0 A > B
|
|
/// 1 A == B
|
|
/// 2 A < B
|
|
///
|
|
/// <=> Value Definition
|
|
/// 000 0 Always false
|
|
/// 001 1 A > B
|
|
/// 010 2 A == B
|
|
/// 011 3 A >= B
|
|
/// 100 4 A < B
|
|
/// 101 5 A != B
|
|
/// 110 6 A <= B
|
|
/// 111 7 Always true
|
|
///
|
|
static unsigned getICmpCode(const ICmpInst *ICI) {
|
|
switch (ICI->getPredicate()) {
|
|
// False -> 0
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: return 1; // 001
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: return 1; // 001
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: return 2; // 010
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE: return 3; // 011
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE: return 3; // 011
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: return 4; // 100
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: return 4; // 100
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: return 5; // 101
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE: return 6; // 110
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: return 6; // 110
|
|
// True -> 7
|
|
default:
|
|
assert(0 && "Invalid ICmp predicate!");
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// getICmpValue - This is the complement of getICmpCode, which turns an
|
|
/// opcode and two operands into either a constant true or false, or a brand
|
|
/// new /// ICmp instruction. The sign is passed in to determine which kind
|
|
/// of predicate to use in new icmp instructions.
|
|
static Value *getICmpValue(bool sign, unsigned code, Value *LHS, Value *RHS) {
|
|
switch (code) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Illegal ICmp code!");
|
|
case 0: return ConstantInt::getFalse();
|
|
case 1:
|
|
if (sign)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHS, RHS);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, LHS, RHS);
|
|
case 2: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, LHS, RHS);
|
|
case 3:
|
|
if (sign)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, LHS, RHS);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, LHS, RHS);
|
|
case 4:
|
|
if (sign)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHS, RHS);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHS, RHS);
|
|
case 5: return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, LHS, RHS);
|
|
case 6:
|
|
if (sign)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE, LHS, RHS);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE, LHS, RHS);
|
|
case 7: return ConstantInt::getTrue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool PredicatesFoldable(ICmpInst::Predicate p1, ICmpInst::Predicate p2) {
|
|
return (ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p1) == ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p2)) ||
|
|
(ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p1) &&
|
|
(p2 == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || p2 == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)) ||
|
|
(ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(p2) &&
|
|
(p1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || p1 == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
namespace {
|
|
// FoldICmpLogical - Implements (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
|
|
struct FoldICmpLogical {
|
|
InstCombiner &IC;
|
|
Value *LHS, *RHS;
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred;
|
|
FoldICmpLogical(InstCombiner &ic, ICmpInst *ICI)
|
|
: IC(ic), LHS(ICI->getOperand(0)), RHS(ICI->getOperand(1)),
|
|
pred(ICI->getPredicate()) {}
|
|
bool shouldApply(Value *V) const {
|
|
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(V))
|
|
if (PredicatesFoldable(pred, ICI->getPredicate()))
|
|
return (ICI->getOperand(0) == LHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == RHS ||
|
|
ICI->getOperand(0) == RHS && ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
Instruction *apply(Instruction &Log) const {
|
|
ICmpInst *ICI = cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(0));
|
|
if (ICI->getOperand(0) != LHS) {
|
|
assert(ICI->getOperand(1) == LHS);
|
|
ICI->swapOperands(); // Swap the LHS and RHS of the ICmp
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
unsigned LHSCode = getICmpCode(ICI);
|
|
unsigned RHSCode = getICmpCode(cast<ICmpInst>(Log.getOperand(1)));
|
|
unsigned Code;
|
|
switch (Log.getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::And: Code = LHSCode & RHSCode; break;
|
|
case Instruction::Or: Code = LHSCode | RHSCode; break;
|
|
case Instruction::Xor: Code = LHSCode ^ RHSCode; break;
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Illegal logical opcode!"); return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *RV = getICmpValue(ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(pred), Code, LHS, RHS);
|
|
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(RV))
|
|
return I;
|
|
// Otherwise, it's a constant boolean value...
|
|
return IC.ReplaceInstUsesWith(Log, RV);
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
} // end anonymous namespace
|
|
|
|
// OptAndOp - This handles expressions of the form ((val OP C1) & C2). Where
|
|
// the Op parameter is 'OP', OpRHS is 'C1', and AndRHS is 'C2'. Op is
|
|
// guaranteed to be either a shift instruction or a binary operator.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::OptAndOp(Instruction *Op,
|
|
ConstantInt *OpRHS,
|
|
ConstantInt *AndRHS,
|
|
BinaryOperator &TheAnd) {
|
|
Value *X = Op->getOperand(0);
|
|
Constant *Together = 0;
|
|
if (!isa<ShiftInst>(Op))
|
|
Together = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, OpRHS);
|
|
|
|
switch (Op->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// (X ^ C1) & C2 --> (X & C2) ^ (C1&C2)
|
|
std::string OpName = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
|
|
Instruction *And = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, OpName);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(And, TheAnd);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(And, Together);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
if (Together == AndRHS) // (X | C) & C --> C
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, AndRHS);
|
|
|
|
if (Op->hasOneUse() && Together != OpRHS) {
|
|
// (X | C1) & C2 --> (X | (C1&C2)) & C2
|
|
std::string Op0Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
|
|
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, Together, Op0Name);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, TheAnd);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, AndRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Adding a one to a single bit bit-field should be turned into an XOR
|
|
// of the bit. First thing to check is to see if this AND is with a
|
|
// single bit constant.
|
|
uint64_t AndRHSV = cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS)->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Clear bits that are not part of the constant.
|
|
AndRHSV &= AndRHS->getType()->getBitMask();
|
|
|
|
// If there is only one bit set...
|
|
if (isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(AndRHS))) {
|
|
// Ok, at this point, we know that we are masking the result of the
|
|
// ADD down to exactly one bit. If the constant we are adding has
|
|
// no bits set below this bit, then we can eliminate the ADD.
|
|
uint64_t AddRHS = cast<ConstantInt>(OpRHS)->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if any bits below the one bit set in AndRHSV are set.
|
|
if ((AddRHS & (AndRHSV-1)) == 0) {
|
|
// If not, the only thing that can effect the output of the AND is
|
|
// the bit specified by AndRHSV. If that bit is set, the effect of
|
|
// the XOR is to toggle the bit. If it is clear, then the ADD has
|
|
// no effect.
|
|
if ((AddRHS & AndRHSV) == 0) { // Bit is not set, noop
|
|
TheAnd.setOperand(0, X);
|
|
return &TheAnd;
|
|
} else {
|
|
std::string Name = Op->getName(); Op->setName("");
|
|
// Pull the XOR out of the AND.
|
|
Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, AndRHS, Name);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, TheAnd);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(NewAnd, AndRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Shl: {
|
|
// We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
|
|
// the anded constant includes them, clear them now!
|
|
//
|
|
Constant *AllOne = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
|
|
Constant *ShlMask = ConstantExpr::getShl(AllOne, OpRHS);
|
|
Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShlMask);
|
|
|
|
if (CI == ShlMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op); // No need for the and.
|
|
} else if (CI != AndRHS) { // Reducing bits set in and.
|
|
TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI);
|
|
return &TheAnd;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
{
|
|
// We know that the AND will not produce any of the bits shifted in, so if
|
|
// the anded constant includes them, clear them now! This only applies to
|
|
// unsigned shifts, because a signed shr may bring in set bits!
|
|
//
|
|
Constant *AllOne = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
|
|
Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getLShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
|
|
Constant *CI = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
|
|
|
|
if (CI == ShrMask) { // Masking out bits that the shift already masks.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(TheAnd, Op);
|
|
} else if (CI != AndRHS) {
|
|
TheAnd.setOperand(1, CI); // Reduce bits set in and cst.
|
|
return &TheAnd;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
// Signed shr.
|
|
// See if this is shifting in some sign extension, then masking it out
|
|
// with an and.
|
|
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Constant *AllOne = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(AndRHS->getType());
|
|
Constant *ShrMask = ConstantExpr::getLShr(AllOne, OpRHS);
|
|
Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getAnd(AndRHS, ShrMask);
|
|
if (C == AndRHS) { // Masking out bits shifted in.
|
|
// (Val ashr C1) & C2 -> (Val lshr C1) & C2
|
|
// Make the argument unsigned.
|
|
Value *ShVal = Op->getOperand(0);
|
|
ShVal = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, ShVal,
|
|
OpRHS, Op->getName()), TheAnd);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(ShVal, AndRHS, TheAnd.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// InsertRangeTest - Emit a computation of: (V >= Lo && V < Hi) if Inside is
|
|
/// true, otherwise (V < Lo || V >= Hi). In pratice, we emit the more efficient
|
|
/// (V-Lo) <u Hi-Lo. This method expects that Lo <= Hi. isSigned indicates
|
|
/// whether to treat the V, Lo and HI as signed or not. IB is the location to
|
|
/// insert new instructions.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::InsertRangeTest(Value *V, Constant *Lo, Constant *Hi,
|
|
bool isSigned, bool Inside,
|
|
Instruction &IB) {
|
|
assert(cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getICmp((isSigned ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE), Lo, Hi))->getZExtValue() &&
|
|
"Lo is not <= Hi in range emission code!");
|
|
|
|
if (Inside) {
|
|
if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially false.
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, V);
|
|
|
|
// V >= Min && V < Hi --> V < Hi
|
|
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Emit V-Lo <u Hi-Lo
|
|
Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
|
|
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
|
|
Constant *UpperBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, UpperBound);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Lo == Hi) // Trivially true.
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, V, V);
|
|
|
|
// V < Min || V >= Hi ->'V > Hi-1'
|
|
Hi = SubOne(cast<ConstantInt>(Hi));
|
|
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Lo)->isMinValue(isSigned)) {
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = (isSigned ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(pred, V, Hi);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Emit V-Lo > Hi-1-Lo
|
|
Constant *NegLo = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Lo);
|
|
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(V, NegLo, V->getName()+".off");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, IB);
|
|
Constant *LowerBound = ConstantExpr::getAdd(NegLo, Hi);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, LowerBound);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// isRunOfOnes - Returns true iff Val consists of one contiguous run of 1s with
|
|
// any number of 0s on either side. The 1s are allowed to wrap from LSB to
|
|
// MSB, so 0x000FFF0, 0x0000FFFF, and 0xFF0000FF are all runs. 0x0F0F0000 is
|
|
// not, since all 1s are not contiguous.
|
|
static bool isRunOfOnes(ConstantInt *Val, unsigned &MB, unsigned &ME) {
|
|
uint64_t V = Val->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (!isShiftedMask_64(V)) return false;
|
|
|
|
// look for the first zero bit after the run of ones
|
|
MB = 64-CountLeadingZeros_64((V - 1) ^ V);
|
|
// look for the first non-zero bit
|
|
ME = 64-CountLeadingZeros_64(V);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// FoldLogicalPlusAnd - This is part of an expression (LHS +/- RHS) & Mask,
|
|
/// where isSub determines whether the operator is a sub. If we can fold one of
|
|
/// the following xforms:
|
|
///
|
|
/// ((A & N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == Mask
|
|
/// ((A | N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
|
|
/// ((A ^ N) +/- B) & Mask -> (A +/- B) & Mask iff N&Mask == 0
|
|
///
|
|
/// return (A +/- B).
|
|
///
|
|
Value *InstCombiner::FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
|
|
ConstantInt *Mask, bool isSub,
|
|
Instruction &I) {
|
|
Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(LHS);
|
|
if (!LHSI || LHSI->getNumOperands() != 2 ||
|
|
!isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) return 0;
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *N = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: return 0;
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask) == Mask) {
|
|
// If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), this is simple.
|
|
if ((Mask->getZExtValue() & Mask->getZExtValue()+1) == 0)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if Mask is 0+1+0+, and if B is known to have the low 0+
|
|
// part, we don't need any explicit masks to take them out of A. If that
|
|
// is all N is, ignore it.
|
|
unsigned MB, ME;
|
|
if (isRunOfOnes(Mask, MB, ME)) { // begin/end bit of run, inclusive
|
|
uint64_t Mask = cast<IntegerType>(RHS->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
Mask >>= 64-MB+1;
|
|
if (MaskedValueIsZero(RHS, Mask))
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
// If the AndRHS is a power of two minus one (0+1+), and N&Mask == 0
|
|
if ((Mask->getZExtValue() & Mask->getZExtValue()+1) == 0 &&
|
|
ConstantExpr::getAnd(N, Mask)->isNullValue())
|
|
break;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *New;
|
|
if (isSub)
|
|
New = BinaryOperator::createSub(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
|
|
else
|
|
New = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSI->getOperand(0), RHS, "fold");
|
|
return InsertNewInstBefore(New, I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAnd(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X & undef -> 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// and X, X = X
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
|
|
|
|
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
|
|
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
if (!isa<PackedType>(I.getType())) {
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne))
|
|
return &I;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (ConstantPacked *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantPacked>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (CP->isAllOnesValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, I.getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *AndRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
uint64_t AndRHSMask = AndRHS->getZExtValue();
|
|
uint64_t TypeMask = cast<IntegerType>(Op0->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
uint64_t NotAndRHS = AndRHSMask^TypeMask;
|
|
|
|
// Optimize a variety of ((val OP C1) & C2) combinations...
|
|
if (isa<BinaryOperator>(Op0) || isa<ShiftInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
Instruction *Op0I = cast<Instruction>(Op0);
|
|
Value *Op0LHS = Op0I->getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *Op0RHS = Op0I->getOperand(1);
|
|
switch (Op0I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
// If the mask is only needed on one incoming arm, push it up.
|
|
if (Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0LHS, NotAndRHS)) {
|
|
// Not masking anything out for the LHS, move to RHS.
|
|
Instruction *NewRHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0RHS, AndRHS,
|
|
Op0RHS->getName()+".masked");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), Op0LHS, NewRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(Op0RHS) &&
|
|
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0RHS, NotAndRHS)) {
|
|
// Not masking anything out for the RHS, move to LHS.
|
|
Instruction *NewLHS = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0LHS, AndRHS,
|
|
Op0LHS->getName()+".masked");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0I)->getOpcode(), NewLHS, Op0RHS);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
// ((A & N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
|
|
// ((A | N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
|
|
// ((A ^ N) + B) & AndRHS -> (A + B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
|
|
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, false, I))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, AndRHS);
|
|
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0RHS, Op0LHS, AndRHS, false, I))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, AndRHS); // Add commutes
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Sub:
|
|
// ((A & N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == AndRHS.
|
|
// ((A | N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
|
|
// ((A ^ N) - B) & AndRHS -> (A - B) & AndRHS iff N&AndRHS == 0
|
|
if (Value *V = FoldLogicalPlusAnd(Op0LHS, Op0RHS, AndRHS, true, I))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(V, AndRHS);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (Instruction *Res = OptAndOp(Op0I, Op0CI, AndRHS, I))
|
|
return Res;
|
|
} else if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
// If this is an integer truncation or change from signed-to-unsigned, and
|
|
// if the source is an and/or with immediate, transform it. This
|
|
// frequently occurs for bitfield accesses.
|
|
if (Instruction *CastOp = dyn_cast<Instruction>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
if ((isa<TruncInst>(CI) || isa<BitCastInst>(CI)) &&
|
|
CastOp->getNumOperands() == 2)
|
|
if (ConstantInt *AndCI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CastOp->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::And) {
|
|
// Change: and (cast (and X, C1) to T), C2
|
|
// into : and (cast X to T), trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
|
|
// This will fold the two constants together, which may allow
|
|
// other simplifications.
|
|
Instruction *NewCast = CastInst::createTruncOrBitCast(
|
|
CastOp->getOperand(0), I.getType(),
|
|
CastOp->getName()+".shrunk");
|
|
NewCast = InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, I);
|
|
// trunc_or_bitcast(C1)&C2
|
|
Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
|
|
C3 = ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NewCast, C3);
|
|
} else if (CastOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
|
|
// Change: and (cast (or X, C1) to T), C2
|
|
// into : trunc(C1)&C2 iff trunc(C1)&C2 == C2
|
|
Constant *C3 = ConstantExpr::getTruncOrBitCast(AndCI,I.getType());
|
|
if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(C3, AndRHS) == AndRHS) // trunc(C1)&C2
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, AndRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0);
|
|
Value *Op1NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op1);
|
|
|
|
if (Op0NotVal == Op1 || Op1NotVal == Op0) // A & ~A == ~A & A == 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// (~A & ~B) == (~(A | B)) - De Morgan's Law
|
|
if (Op0NotVal && Op1NotVal && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
|
|
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, Op1NotVal,
|
|
I.getName()+".demorgan");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNot(Or);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
|
|
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A | ?) & A --> A
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
|
|
if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A & (A | ?) --> A
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
|
|
if (Op0->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
|
|
if (A == Op1) { // (A^B)&A -> A&(A^B)
|
|
I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
|
|
} else if (B == Op1) { // (A^B)&B -> B&(B^A)
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)->swapOperands();
|
|
I.swapOperands(); // Simplify below
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (Op1->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
|
|
if (B == Op0) { // B&(A^B) -> B&(B^A)
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1)->swapOperands();
|
|
std::swap(A, B);
|
|
}
|
|
if (A == Op0) { // A&(A^B) -> A & ~B
|
|
Instruction *NotB = BinaryOperator::createNot(B, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NotB, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, NotB);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
// (icmp1 A, B) & (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
|
|
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
|
|
ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
|
|
if (match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
|
|
if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X icmp C1) & (X icmp C2)
|
|
// ICMP_[GL]E X, CST is folded to ICMP_[GL]T elsewhere.
|
|
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
|
|
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
|
|
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
|
|
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE) {
|
|
// Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate GT = ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(LHSCC) ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
|
|
Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getICmp(GT, LHSCst, RHSCst);
|
|
ICmpInst *LHS = cast<ICmpInst>(Op0);
|
|
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Cmp)->getZExtValue()) {
|
|
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
|
|
std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
|
|
std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
|
|
// comparing a value against two constants and and'ing the result
|
|
// together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
|
|
// icmp eq, icmp ne, icmp [su]lt, and icmp [SU]gt here. We also know
|
|
// (from the FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants
|
|
// are not equal and that the larger constant is on the RHS
|
|
assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
|
|
|
|
switch (LHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X == 13 & X == 15) -> false
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 & X > 15) -> false
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 & X != 15) -> X == 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 & X < 15) -> X == 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
}
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
|
|
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X u< 14) -> X < 13
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
|
|
break; // (X != 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) // (X != 13 & X s< 14) -> X < 13
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, LHSVal, LHSCst);
|
|
break; // (X != 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 & X == 15) -> X == 15
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)){// (X != 13 & X != 14) -> X-13 >u 1
|
|
Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
|
|
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
|
|
LHSVal->getName()+".off");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Add, AddCST);
|
|
}
|
|
break; // (X != 13 & X != 15) -> no change
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 & X == 15) -> false
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 & X u> 15) -> false
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 & X != 15) -> X u< 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 & X u< 15) -> X u< 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 & X == 15) -> false
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 & X s> 15) -> false
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 & X != 15) -> X < 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 & X s< 15) -> X < 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 & X == 15) -> X > 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 & X u> 15) -> X u> 15
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 & X s> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X u> 13 & X != 14) -> X u> 14
|
|
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, LHSVal, RHSCst);
|
|
break; // (X u> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 & X u< 15) ->(X-14) <u 1
|
|
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, false,
|
|
true, I);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 & X s< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 & X == 15) -> X s> 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 & X s> 15) -> X s> 15
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 & X u> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
if (RHSCst == AddOne(LHSCst)) // (X s> 13 & X != 14) -> X s> 14
|
|
return new ICmpInst(LHSCC, LHSVal, RHSCst);
|
|
break; // (X s> 13 & X != 15) -> no change
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 & X s< 15) ->(X-14) s< 1
|
|
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, AddOne(LHSCst), RHSCst, true,
|
|
true, I);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 & X u< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// fold (and (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (and A, B))
|
|
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind ?
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
|
|
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
|
|
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getType(), TD) &&
|
|
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getType(), TD)) {
|
|
Instruction *NewOp = BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0C->getOperand(0),
|
|
Op1C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOp, I);
|
|
return CastInst::create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X >> Z) & (Y >> Z) -> (X&Y) >> Z for all shifts.
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI1 = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI0 = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
|
|
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
|
|
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
|
|
Instruction *NewOp =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(SI0->getOperand(0),
|
|
SI1->getOperand(0),
|
|
SI0->getName()), I);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp, SI1->getOperand(1));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// CollectBSwapParts - Look to see if the specified value defines a single byte
|
|
/// in the result. If it does, and if the specified byte hasn't been filled in
|
|
/// yet, fill it in and return false.
|
|
static bool CollectBSwapParts(Value *V, std::vector<Value*> &ByteValues) {
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (I == 0) return true;
|
|
|
|
// If this is an or instruction, it is an inner node of the bswap.
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or)
|
|
return CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(0), ByteValues) ||
|
|
CollectBSwapParts(I->getOperand(1), ByteValues);
|
|
|
|
// If this is a shift by a constant int, and it is "24", then its operand
|
|
// defines a byte. We only handle unsigned types here.
|
|
if (isa<ShiftInst>(I) && isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Not shifting the entire input by N-1 bytes?
|
|
if (cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue() !=
|
|
8*(ByteValues.size()-1))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
unsigned DestNo;
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
|
|
// X << 24 defines the top byte with the lowest of the input bytes.
|
|
DestNo = ByteValues.size()-1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// X >>u 24 defines the low byte with the highest of the input bytes.
|
|
DestNo = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
|
|
// together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
|
|
if (ByteValues[DestNo] && ByteValues[DestNo] != I->getOperand(0))
|
|
return true;
|
|
ByteValues[DestNo] = I->getOperand(0);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, we can only handle and(shift X, imm), imm). Bail out of if we
|
|
// don't have this.
|
|
Value *Shift = 0, *ShiftLHS = 0;
|
|
ConstantInt *AndAmt = 0, *ShiftAmt = 0;
|
|
if (!match(I, m_And(m_Value(Shift), m_ConstantInt(AndAmt))) ||
|
|
!match(Shift, m_Shift(m_Value(ShiftLHS), m_ConstantInt(ShiftAmt))))
|
|
return true;
|
|
Instruction *SI = cast<Instruction>(Shift);
|
|
|
|
// Make sure that the shift amount is by a multiple of 8 and isn't too big.
|
|
if (ShiftAmt->getZExtValue() & 7 ||
|
|
ShiftAmt->getZExtValue() > 8*ByteValues.size())
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
// Turn 0xFF -> 0, 0xFF00 -> 1, 0xFF0000 -> 2, etc.
|
|
unsigned DestByte;
|
|
for (DestByte = 0; DestByte != ByteValues.size(); ++DestByte)
|
|
if (AndAmt->getZExtValue() == uint64_t(0xFF) << 8*DestByte)
|
|
break;
|
|
// Unknown mask for bswap.
|
|
if (DestByte == ByteValues.size()) return true;
|
|
|
|
unsigned ShiftBytes = ShiftAmt->getZExtValue()/8;
|
|
unsigned SrcByte;
|
|
if (SI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
|
|
SrcByte = DestByte - ShiftBytes;
|
|
else
|
|
SrcByte = DestByte + ShiftBytes;
|
|
|
|
// If the SrcByte isn't a bswapped value from the DestByte, reject it.
|
|
if (SrcByte != ByteValues.size()-DestByte-1)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
// If the destination byte value is already defined, the values are or'd
|
|
// together, which isn't a bswap (unless it's an or of the same bits).
|
|
if (ByteValues[DestByte] && ByteValues[DestByte] != SI->getOperand(0))
|
|
return true;
|
|
ByteValues[DestByte] = SI->getOperand(0);
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// MatchBSwap - Given an OR instruction, check to see if this is a bswap idiom.
|
|
/// If so, insert the new bswap intrinsic and return it.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::MatchBSwap(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
// We can only handle bswap of unsigned integers, and cannot bswap one byte.
|
|
if (I.getType() == Type::Int8Ty)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/// ByteValues - For each byte of the result, we keep track of which value
|
|
/// defines each byte.
|
|
std::vector<Value*> ByteValues;
|
|
ByteValues.resize(TD->getTypeSize(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// Try to find all the pieces corresponding to the bswap.
|
|
if (CollectBSwapParts(I.getOperand(0), ByteValues) ||
|
|
CollectBSwapParts(I.getOperand(1), ByteValues))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if all of the bytes come from the same value.
|
|
Value *V = ByteValues[0];
|
|
if (V == 0) return 0; // Didn't find a byte? Must be zero.
|
|
|
|
// Check to make sure that all of the bytes come from the same value.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = ByteValues.size(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (ByteValues[i] != V)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// If they do then *success* we can turn this into a bswap. Figure out what
|
|
// bswap to make it into.
|
|
Module *M = I.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
|
|
const char *FnName = 0;
|
|
if (I.getType() == Type::Int16Ty)
|
|
FnName = "llvm.bswap.i16";
|
|
else if (I.getType() == Type::Int32Ty)
|
|
FnName = "llvm.bswap.i32";
|
|
else if (I.getType() == Type::Int64Ty)
|
|
FnName = "llvm.bswap.i64";
|
|
else
|
|
assert(0 && "Unknown integer type!");
|
|
Constant *F = M->getOrInsertFunction(FnName, I.getType(), I.getType(), NULL);
|
|
return new CallInst(F, V);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitOr(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // X | undef -> -1
|
|
ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// or X, X = X
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
|
|
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
|
|
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
if (!isa<PackedType>(I.getType()) &&
|
|
SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne))
|
|
return &I;
|
|
|
|
// or X, -1 == -1
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
ConstantInt *C1 = 0; Value *X = 0;
|
|
// (X & C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) & (C1|C2)
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
|
|
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0->getName());
|
|
Op0->setName("");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Or, ConstantExpr::getOr(RHS, C1));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X ^ C1) | C2 --> (X | C2) ^ (C1&~C2)
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(X), m_ConstantInt(C1))) && isOnlyUse(Op0)) {
|
|
std::string Op0Name = Op0->getName(); Op0->setName("");
|
|
Instruction *Or = BinaryOperator::createOr(X, RHS, Op0Name);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Or, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(Or,
|
|
ConstantExpr::getAnd(C1, ConstantExpr::getNot(RHS)));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *A = 0, *B = 0;
|
|
ConstantInt *C1 = 0, *C2 = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
|
|
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) // (A & ?) | A --> A
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1);
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))))
|
|
if (A == Op0 || B == Op0) // A | (A & ?) --> A
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
|
|
// (A | B) | C and A | (B | C) -> bswap if possible.
|
|
// (A >> B) | (C << D) and (A << B) | (B >> C) -> bswap if possible.
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
|
|
match(Op1, m_Or(m_Value(), m_Value())) ||
|
|
(match(Op0, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())) &&
|
|
match(Op1, m_Shift(m_Value(), m_Value())))) {
|
|
if (Instruction *BSwap = MatchBSwap(I))
|
|
return BSwap;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X^C)|Y -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
|
|
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
|
|
MaskedValueIsZero(Op1, C1->getZExtValue())) {
|
|
Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op1, Op0->getName());
|
|
Op0->setName("");
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Y|(X^C) -> (X|Y)^C iff Y&C == 0
|
|
if (Op1->hasOneUse() && match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
|
|
MaskedValueIsZero(Op0, C1->getZExtValue())) {
|
|
Instruction *NOr = BinaryOperator::createOr(A, Op0, Op1->getName());
|
|
Op0->setName("");
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(InsertNewInstBefore(NOr, I), C1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (A & C1)|(B & C2)
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_ConstantInt(C1))) &&
|
|
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(B), m_ConstantInt(C2)))) {
|
|
|
|
if (A == B) // (A & C1)|(A & C2) == A & (C1|C2)
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, ConstantExpr::getOr(C1, C2));
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If we have: ((V + N) & C1) | (V & C2)
|
|
// .. and C2 = ~C1 and C2 is 0+1+ and (N & C2) == 0
|
|
// replace with V+N.
|
|
if (C1 == ConstantExpr::getNot(C2)) {
|
|
Value *V1 = 0, *V2 = 0;
|
|
if ((C2->getZExtValue() & (C2->getZExtValue()+1)) == 0 && // C2 == 0+1+
|
|
match(A, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
|
|
// Add commutes, try both ways.
|
|
if (V1 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C2->getZExtValue()))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
|
|
if (V2 == B && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C2->getZExtValue()))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, A);
|
|
}
|
|
// Or commutes, try both ways.
|
|
if ((C1->getZExtValue() & (C1->getZExtValue()+1)) == 0 &&
|
|
match(B, m_Add(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)))) {
|
|
// Add commutes, try both ways.
|
|
if (V1 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V2, C1->getZExtValue()))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
|
|
if (V2 == A && MaskedValueIsZero(V1, C1->getZExtValue()))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, B);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X >> Z) | (Y >> Z) -> (X|Y) >> Z for all shifts.
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI1 = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI0 = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
|
|
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
|
|
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
|
|
Instruction *NewOp =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createOr(SI0->getOperand(0),
|
|
SI1->getOperand(0),
|
|
SI0->getName()), I);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp, SI1->getOperand(1));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_Not(m_Value(A)))) { // ~A | Op1
|
|
if (A == Op1) // ~A | A == -1
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
|
|
ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
|
|
} else {
|
|
A = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// Note, A is still live here!
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_Not(m_Value(B)))) { // Op0 | ~B
|
|
if (Op0 == B)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
|
|
ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// (~A | ~B) == (~(A & B)) - De Morgan's Law
|
|
if (A && isOnlyUse(Op0) && isOnlyUse(Op1)) {
|
|
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(A, B,
|
|
I.getName()+".demorgan"), I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNot(And);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (icmp1 A, B) | (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
|
|
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
Value *LHSVal, *RHSVal;
|
|
ConstantInt *LHSCst, *RHSCst;
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate LHSCC, RHSCC;
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_ICmp(LHSCC, m_Value(LHSVal), m_ConstantInt(LHSCst))))
|
|
if (match(RHS, m_ICmp(RHSCC, m_Value(RHSVal), m_ConstantInt(RHSCst))))
|
|
if (LHSVal == RHSVal && // Found (X icmp C1) | (X icmp C2)
|
|
// icmp [us][gl]e x, cst is folded to icmp [us][gl]t elsewhere.
|
|
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
|
|
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE &&
|
|
LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && LHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE &&
|
|
RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE && RHSCC != ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE) {
|
|
// Ensure that the larger constant is on the RHS.
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate GT = ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(LHSCC) ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT : ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
|
|
Constant *Cmp = ConstantExpr::getICmp(GT, LHSCst, RHSCst);
|
|
ICmpInst *LHS = cast<ICmpInst>(Op0);
|
|
if (cast<ConstantInt>(Cmp)->getZExtValue()) {
|
|
std::swap(LHS, RHS);
|
|
std::swap(LHSCst, RHSCst);
|
|
std::swap(LHSCC, RHSCC);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// At this point, we know we have have two icmp instructions
|
|
// comparing a value against two constants and or'ing the result
|
|
// together. Because of the above check, we know that we only have
|
|
// ICMP_EQ, ICMP_NE, ICMP_LT, and ICMP_GT here. We also know (from the
|
|
// FoldICmpLogical check above), that the two constants are not
|
|
// equal.
|
|
assert(LHSCst != RHSCst && "Compares not folded above?");
|
|
|
|
switch (LHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
|
|
if (LHSCst == SubOne(RHSCst)) {// (X == 13 | X == 14) -> X-13 <u 2
|
|
Constant *AddCST = ConstantExpr::getNeg(LHSCst);
|
|
Instruction *Add = BinaryOperator::createAdd(LHSVal, AddCST,
|
|
LHSVal->getName()+".off");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Add, I);
|
|
AddCST = ConstantExpr::getSub(AddOne(RHSCst), LHSCst);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Add, AddCST);
|
|
}
|
|
break; // (X == 13 | X == 15) -> no change
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X == 13 | X u> 14) -> no change
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X == 13 | X s> 14) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X == 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X == 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X == 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X != 13 | X == 15) -> X != 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X != 13 | X u> 15) -> X != 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X != 13 | X s> 15) -> X != 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X != 13 | X != 15) -> true
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X != 13 | X u< 15) -> true
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X != 13 | X s< 15) -> true
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u< 13 | X u> 15) ->(X-13) u> 2
|
|
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), false,
|
|
false, I);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u< 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u< 13 | X u< 15) -> X u< 15
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u< 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s< 13 | X == 14) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s< 13 | X s> 15) ->(X-13) s> 2
|
|
return InsertRangeTest(LHSVal, LHSCst, AddOne(RHSCst), true,
|
|
false, I);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s< 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s< 13 | X != 15) -> X != 15
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s< 13 | X s< 15) -> X s< 15
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, RHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s< 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X u> 13 | X == 15) -> X u> 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X u> 13 | X u> 15) -> X u> 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X u> 13 | X s> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X u> 13 | X != 15) -> true
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X u> 13 | X u< 15) -> true
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X u> 13 | X s< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
|
|
switch (RHSCC) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown integer condition code!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: // (X s> 13 | X == 15) -> X > 13
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT: // (X s> 13 | X s> 15) -> X > 13
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, LHS);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: // (X s> 13 | X u> 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // (X s> 13 | X != 15) -> true
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: // (X s> 13 | X s< 15) -> true
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // (X s> 13 | X u< 15) -> no change
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// fold (or (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (or A, B))
|
|
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) {// same cast kind ?
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
|
|
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
|
|
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getType(), TD) &&
|
|
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getType(), TD)) {
|
|
Instruction *NewOp = BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0C->getOperand(0),
|
|
Op1C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOp, I);
|
|
return CastInst::create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// XorSelf - Implements: X ^ X --> 0
|
|
struct XorSelf {
|
|
Value *RHS;
|
|
XorSelf(Value *rhs) : RHS(rhs) {}
|
|
bool shouldApply(Value *LHS) const { return LHS == RHS; }
|
|
Instruction *apply(BinaryOperator &Xor) const {
|
|
return &Xor;
|
|
}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitXor(BinaryOperator &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCommutative(I);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1); // X ^ undef -> undef
|
|
|
|
// xor X, X = 0, even if X is nested in a sequence of Xor's.
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = AssociativeOpt(I, XorSelf(Op1))) {
|
|
assert(Result == &I && "AssociativeOpt didn't work?");
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
|
|
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
if (!isa<PackedType>(I.getType()) &&
|
|
SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne))
|
|
return &I;
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *RHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
// xor (icmp A, B), true = not (icmp A, B) = !icmp A, B
|
|
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (RHS == ConstantInt::getTrue() && ICI->hasOneUse())
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICI->getInversePredicate(),
|
|
ICI->getOperand(0), ICI->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
|
|
// ~(c-X) == X-c-1 == X+(-c-1)
|
|
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub && RHS->isAllOnesValue())
|
|
if (Constant *Op0I0C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
Constant *NegOp0I0C = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0I0C);
|
|
Constant *ConstantRHS = ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0I0C,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1));
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op0I->getOperand(1), ConstantRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ~(~X & Y) --> (X | ~Y)
|
|
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
|
|
if (dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(1))) Op0I->swapOperands();
|
|
if (Value *Op0NotVal = dyn_castNotVal(Op0I->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
Instruction *NotY =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(1),
|
|
Op0I->getOperand(1)->getName()+".not");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NotY, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createOr(Op0NotVal, NotY);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *Op0CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0I->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
|
|
// ~(X-c) --> (-c-1)-X
|
|
if (RHS->isAllOnesValue()) {
|
|
Constant *NegOp0CI = ConstantExpr::getNeg(Op0CI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createSub(
|
|
ConstantExpr::getSub(NegOp0CI,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(I.getType(), 1)),
|
|
Op0I->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
|
|
// (X|C1)^C2 -> X^(C1|C2) iff X&~C1 == 0
|
|
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0I->getOperand(0), Op0CI->getZExtValue())) {
|
|
Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getOr(Op0CI, RHS);
|
|
// Anything in both C1 and C2 is known to be zero, remove it from
|
|
// NewRHS.
|
|
Constant *CommonBits = ConstantExpr::getAnd(Op0CI, RHS);
|
|
NewRHS = ConstantExpr::getAnd(NewRHS,
|
|
ConstantExpr::getNot(CommonBits));
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Op0I);
|
|
I.setOperand(0, Op0I->getOperand(0));
|
|
I.setOperand(1, NewRHS);
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op0)) // ~A ^ A == -1
|
|
if (X == Op1)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
|
|
ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (Value *X = dyn_castNotVal(Op1)) // A ^ ~A == -1
|
|
if (X == Op0)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I,
|
|
ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op1I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op1))
|
|
if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or) {
|
|
if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) { // B^(B|A) == (A|B)^B
|
|
Op1I->swapOperands();
|
|
I.swapOperands();
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
|
|
} else if (Op1I->getOperand(1) == Op0) { // B^(A|B) == (A|B)^B
|
|
I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(0)) // A^(A^B) == B
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(1));
|
|
else if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) // A^(B^A) == B
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op1I->getOperand(0));
|
|
} else if (Op1I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && Op1I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (Op1I->getOperand(0) == Op0) // A^(A&B) -> A^(B&A)
|
|
Op1I->swapOperands();
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1I->getOperand(1)) { // A^(B&A) -> (B&A)^A
|
|
I.swapOperands(); // Simplified below.
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op0I = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
|
|
if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Or && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (B|A)^B == (A|B)^B
|
|
Op0I->swapOperands();
|
|
if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1) { // (A|B)^B == A & ~B
|
|
Instruction *NotB = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op1, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NotB, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op0I->getOperand(0), NotB);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor) {
|
|
if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(0)) // (A^B)^A == B
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(1));
|
|
else if (Op1 == Op0I->getOperand(1)) // (B^A)^A == B
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0I->getOperand(0));
|
|
} else if (Op0I->getOpcode() == Instruction::And && Op0I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (Op0I->getOperand(0) == Op1) // (A&B)^A -> (B&A)^A
|
|
Op0I->swapOperands();
|
|
if (Op0I->getOperand(1) == Op1 && // (B&A)^A == ~B & A
|
|
!isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) { // Canonical form is (B&C)^C
|
|
Instruction *N = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0I->getOperand(0), "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(N, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(N, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (icmp1 A, B) ^ (icmp2 A, B) --> (icmp3 A, B)
|
|
if (ICmpInst *RHS = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(I.getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = AssociativeOpt(I, FoldICmpLogical(*this, RHS)))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
// fold (xor (cast A), (cast B)) -> (cast (xor A, B))
|
|
if (CastInst *Op0C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (CastInst *Op1C = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (Op0C->getOpcode() == Op1C->getOpcode()) { // same cast kind?
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = Op0C->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
if (SrcTy == Op1C->getOperand(0)->getType() && SrcTy->isInteger() &&
|
|
// Only do this if the casts both really cause code to be generated.
|
|
ValueRequiresCast(Op0C->getOpcode(), Op0C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getType(), TD) &&
|
|
ValueRequiresCast(Op1C->getOpcode(), Op1C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getType(), TD)) {
|
|
Instruction *NewOp = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0C->getOperand(0),
|
|
Op1C->getOperand(0),
|
|
I.getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewOp, I);
|
|
return CastInst::create(Op0C->getOpcode(), NewOp, I.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X >> Z) ^ (Y >> Z) -> (X^Y) >> Z for all shifts.
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI1 = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (ShiftInst *SI0 = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (SI0->getOpcode() == SI1->getOpcode() &&
|
|
SI0->getOperand(1) == SI1->getOperand(1) &&
|
|
(SI0->hasOneUse() || SI1->hasOneUse())) {
|
|
Instruction *NewOp =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createXor(SI0->getOperand(0),
|
|
SI1->getOperand(0),
|
|
SI0->getName()), I);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(SI1->getOpcode(), NewOp, SI1->getOperand(1));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static bool isPositive(ConstantInt *C) {
|
|
return C->getSExtValue() >= 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// AddWithOverflow - Compute Result = In1+In2, returning true if the result
|
|
/// overflowed for this type.
|
|
static bool AddWithOverflow(ConstantInt *&Result, ConstantInt *In1,
|
|
ConstantInt *In2) {
|
|
Result = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getAdd(In1, In2));
|
|
|
|
return cast<ConstantInt>(Result)->getZExtValue() <
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(In1)->getZExtValue();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// EmitGEPOffset - Given a getelementptr instruction/constantexpr, emit the
|
|
/// code necessary to compute the offset from the base pointer (without adding
|
|
/// in the base pointer). Return the result as a signed integer of intptr size.
|
|
static Value *EmitGEPOffset(User *GEP, Instruction &I, InstCombiner &IC) {
|
|
TargetData &TD = IC.getTargetData();
|
|
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
|
|
const Type *IntPtrTy = TD.getIntPtrType();
|
|
Value *Result = Constant::getNullValue(IntPtrTy);
|
|
|
|
// Build a mask for high order bits.
|
|
uint64_t PtrSizeMask = ~0ULL >> (64-TD.getPointerSize()*8);
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
|
|
Value *Op = GEP->getOperand(i);
|
|
uint64_t Size = TD.getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) & PtrSizeMask;
|
|
Constant *Scale = ConstantInt::get(IntPtrTy, Size);
|
|
if (Constant *OpC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
|
|
if (!OpC->isNullValue()) {
|
|
OpC = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(OpC, IntPtrTy, true /*SExt*/);
|
|
Scale = ConstantExpr::getMul(OpC, Scale);
|
|
if (Constant *RC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
|
|
Result = ConstantExpr::getAdd(RC, Scale);
|
|
else {
|
|
// Emit an add instruction.
|
|
Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAdd(Result, Scale,
|
|
GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Convert to correct type.
|
|
Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(CastInst::createSExtOrBitCast(Op, IntPtrTy,
|
|
Op->getName()+".c"), I);
|
|
if (Size != 1)
|
|
// We'll let instcombine(mul) convert this to a shl if possible.
|
|
Op = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createMul(Op, Scale,
|
|
GEP->getName()+".idx"), I);
|
|
|
|
// Emit an add instruction.
|
|
Result = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAdd(Op, Result,
|
|
GEP->getName()+".offs"), I);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return Result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// FoldGEPICmp - Fold comparisons between a GEP instruction and something
|
|
/// else. At this point we know that the GEP is on the LHS of the comparison.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldGEPICmp(User *GEPLHS, Value *RHS,
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate Cond,
|
|
Instruction &I) {
|
|
assert(dyn_castGetElementPtr(GEPLHS) && "LHS is not a getelementptr!");
|
|
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(RHS))
|
|
if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
|
|
RHS = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
Value *PtrBase = GEPLHS->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (PtrBase == RHS) {
|
|
// As an optimization, we don't actually have to compute the actual value of
|
|
// OFFSET if this is a icmp_eq or icmp_ne comparison, just return whether
|
|
// each index is zero or not.
|
|
if (Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ || Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) {
|
|
Instruction *InVal = 0;
|
|
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPLHS);
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI) {
|
|
bool EmitIt = true;
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))) {
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(C)) // undef index -> undef.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(I.getType()));
|
|
if (C->isNullValue())
|
|
EmitIt = false;
|
|
else if (TD->getTypeSize(GTI.getIndexedType()) == 0) {
|
|
EmitIt = false; // This is indexing into a zero sized array?
|
|
} else if (isa<ConstantInt>(C))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (EmitIt) {
|
|
Instruction *Comp =
|
|
new ICmpInst(Cond, GEPLHS->getOperand(i),
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()));
|
|
if (InVal == 0)
|
|
InVal = Comp;
|
|
else {
|
|
InVal = InsertNewInstBefore(InVal, I);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Comp, I);
|
|
if (Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE) // True if any are unequal
|
|
InVal = BinaryOperator::createOr(InVal, Comp);
|
|
else // True if all are equal
|
|
InVal = BinaryOperator::createAnd(InVal, Comp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (InVal)
|
|
return InVal;
|
|
else
|
|
// No comparison is needed here, all indexes = 0
|
|
ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only lower this if the icmp is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
|
|
// the result to fold to a constant!
|
|
if (isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// ((gep Ptr, OFFSET) cmp Ptr) ---> (OFFSET cmp 0).
|
|
Value *Offset = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), Offset,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(Offset->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (User *GEPRHS = dyn_castGetElementPtr(RHS)) {
|
|
// If the base pointers are different, but the indices are the same, just
|
|
// compare the base pointer.
|
|
if (PtrBase != GEPRHS->getOperand(0)) {
|
|
bool IndicesTheSame = GEPLHS->getNumOperands()==GEPRHS->getNumOperands();
|
|
IndicesTheSame &= GEPLHS->getOperand(0)->getType() ==
|
|
GEPRHS->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
if (IndicesTheSame)
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
|
|
IndicesTheSame = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If all indices are the same, just compare the base pointers.
|
|
if (IndicesTheSame)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond),
|
|
GEPLHS->getOperand(0), GEPRHS->getOperand(0));
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the base pointers are different and the indices are
|
|
// different, bail out.
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If one of the GEPs has all zero indices, recurse.
|
|
bool AllZeros = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPLHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i)) ||
|
|
!cast<Constant>(GEPLHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
|
|
AllZeros = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (AllZeros)
|
|
return FoldGEPICmp(GEPRHS, GEPLHS->getOperand(0),
|
|
ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(Cond), I);
|
|
|
|
// If the other GEP has all zero indices, recurse.
|
|
AllZeros = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) ||
|
|
!cast<Constant>(GEPRHS->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
|
|
AllZeros = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (AllZeros)
|
|
return FoldGEPICmp(GEPLHS, GEPRHS->getOperand(0), Cond, I);
|
|
|
|
if (GEPLHS->getNumOperands() == GEPRHS->getNumOperands()) {
|
|
// If the GEPs only differ by one index, compare it.
|
|
unsigned NumDifferences = 0; // Keep track of # differences.
|
|
unsigned DiffOperand = 0; // The operand that differs.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPRHS->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i) != GEPRHS->getOperand(i)) {
|
|
if (GEPLHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() !=
|
|
GEPRHS->getOperand(i)->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
|
|
// Irreconcilable differences.
|
|
NumDifferences = 2;
|
|
break;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (NumDifferences++) break;
|
|
DiffOperand = i;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (NumDifferences == 0) // SAME GEP?
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, // No comparison is needed here.
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
Cond == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ));
|
|
else if (NumDifferences == 1) {
|
|
Value *LHSV = GEPLHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
|
|
Value *RHSV = GEPRHS->getOperand(DiffOperand);
|
|
// Make sure we do a signed comparison here.
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), LHSV, RHSV);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only lower this if the icmp is the only user of the GEP or if we expect
|
|
// the result to fold to a constant!
|
|
if ((isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPLHS) || GEPLHS->hasOneUse()) &&
|
|
(isa<ConstantExpr>(GEPRHS) || GEPRHS->hasOneUse())) {
|
|
// ((gep Ptr, OFFSET1) cmp (gep Ptr, OFFSET2) ---> (OFFSET1 cmp OFFSET2)
|
|
Value *L = EmitGEPOffset(GEPLHS, I, *this);
|
|
Value *R = EmitGEPOffset(GEPRHS, I, *this);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::getSignedPredicate(Cond), L, R);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFCmpInst(FCmpInst &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCompare(I);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// Fold trivial predicates.
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_FALSE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int1Ty));
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_TRUE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
|
|
|
|
// Simplify 'fcmp pred X, X'
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1) {
|
|
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown predicate!");
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UEQ: // True if unordered or equal
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGE: // True if unordered, greater than, or equal
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULE: // True if unordered, less than, or equal
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 1));
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGT: // True if ordered and greater than
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLT: // True if ordered and less than
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE: // True if ordered and operands are unequal
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, 0));
|
|
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO: // True if unordered: isnan(X) | isnan(Y)
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ULT: // True if unordered or less than
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UGT: // True if unordered or greater than
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_UNE: // True if unordered or not equal
|
|
// Canonicalize these to be 'fcmp uno %X, 0.0'.
|
|
I.setPredicate(FCmpInst::FCMP_UNO);
|
|
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD: // True if ordered (no nans)
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ: // True if ordered and equal
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE: // True if ordered and greater than or equal
|
|
case FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE: // True if ordered and less than or equal
|
|
// Canonicalize these to be 'fcmp ord %X, 0.0'.
|
|
I.setPredicate(FCmpInst::FCMP_ORD);
|
|
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // fcmp pred X, undef -> undef
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::Int1Ty));
|
|
|
|
// Handle fcmp with constant RHS
|
|
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
|
|
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::PHI:
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Select:
|
|
// If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
|
|
// comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
|
|
// constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
|
|
Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
|
|
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
|
|
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getCompare(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
|
|
// Insert a new FCmp of the other select operand.
|
|
Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new FCmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
|
|
LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
|
|
I.getName()), I);
|
|
} else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
|
|
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
|
|
Op2 = ConstantExpr::getCompare(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
|
|
// Insert a new FCmp of the other select operand.
|
|
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new FCmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
|
|
LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
|
|
I.getName()), I);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Op1)
|
|
return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInst(ICmpInst &I) {
|
|
bool Changed = SimplifyCompare(I);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
const Type *Ty = Op0->getType();
|
|
|
|
// icmp X, X
|
|
if (Op0 == Op1)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) // X icmp undef -> undef
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, UndefValue::get(Type::Int1Ty));
|
|
|
|
// icmp of GlobalValues can never equal each other as long as they aren't
|
|
// external weak linkage type.
|
|
if (GlobalValue *GV0 = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Op0))
|
|
if (GlobalValue *GV1 = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(Op1))
|
|
if (!GV0->hasExternalWeakLinkage() || !GV1->hasExternalWeakLinkage())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
|
|
|
|
// icmp <global/alloca*/null>, <global/alloca*/null> - Global/Stack value
|
|
// addresses never equal each other! We already know that Op0 != Op1.
|
|
if ((isa<GlobalValue>(Op0) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op0) ||
|
|
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op0)) &&
|
|
(isa<GlobalValue>(Op1) || isa<AllocaInst>(Op1) ||
|
|
isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op1)))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
!isTrueWhenEqual(I)));
|
|
|
|
// icmp's with boolean values can always be turned into bitwise operations
|
|
if (Ty == Type::Int1Ty) {
|
|
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Invalid icmp instruction!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ: { // icmp eq bool %A, %B -> ~(A^B)
|
|
Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1, I.getName()+"tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNot(Xor);
|
|
}
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE: // icmp eq bool %A, %B -> A^B
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(Op0, Op1);
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp gt -> icmp lt
|
|
// FALL THROUGH
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT: { // icmp lt bool A, B -> ~X & Y
|
|
Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Not, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
|
|
std::swap(Op0, Op1); // Change icmp ge -> icmp le
|
|
// FALL THROUGH
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE: { // icmp le bool %A, %B -> ~A | B
|
|
Instruction *Not = BinaryOperator::createNot(Op0, I.getName()+"tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Not, I);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createOr(Not, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See if we are doing a comparison between a constant and an instruction that
|
|
// can be folded into the comparison.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: // A <u MIN -> FALSE
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(false))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(false)) // A <u MAX -> A != MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0,Op1);
|
|
if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI,false)) // A <u MIN+1 -> A == MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, SubOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(true)) // A <s MIN -> FALSE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(true)) // A <s MAX -> A != MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI,true)) // A <s MIN+1 -> A == MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, SubOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(false)) // A >u MAX -> FALSE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(false)) // A >u MIN -> A != MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI, false)) // A >u MAX-1 -> A == MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, AddOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(true)) // A >s MAX -> FALSE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(true)) // A >s MIN -> A != MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI, true)) // A >s MAX-1 -> A == MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, AddOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE:
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(false)) // A <=u MAX -> TRUE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(false)) // A <=u MIN -> A == MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI,false)) // A <=u MAX-1 -> A != MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, AddOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE:
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(true)) // A <=s MAX -> TRUE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(true)) // A <=s MIN -> A == MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMaxValueMinusOne(CI,true)) // A <=s MAX-1 -> A != MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, AddOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE:
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(false)) // A >=u MIN -> TRUE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(false)) // A >=u MAX -> A == MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI,false)) // A >=u MIN-1 -> A != MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, SubOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE:
|
|
if (CI->isMinValue(true)) // A >=s MIN -> TRUE
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (CI->isMaxValue(true)) // A >=s MAX -> A == MAX
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ, Op0, Op1);
|
|
if (isMinValuePlusOne(CI,true)) // A >=s MIN-1 -> A != MIN
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0, SubOne(CI));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we still have a icmp le or icmp ge instruction, turn it into the
|
|
// appropriate icmp lt or icmp gt instruction. Since the border cases have
|
|
// already been handled above, this requires little checking.
|
|
//
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, Op0, AddOne(CI));
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, Op0, AddOne(CI));
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE)
|
|
return new ICmpInst( ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT, Op0, SubOne(CI));
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, Op0, SubOne(CI));
|
|
|
|
// See if we can fold the comparison based on bits known to be zero or one
|
|
// in the input.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(Op0, cast<IntegerType>(Ty)->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne, 0))
|
|
return &I;
|
|
|
|
// Given the known and unknown bits, compute a range that the LHS could be
|
|
// in.
|
|
if (KnownOne | KnownZero) {
|
|
// Compute the Min, Max and RHS values based on the known bits. For the
|
|
// EQ and NE we use unsigned values.
|
|
uint64_t UMin = 0, UMax = 0, URHSVal = 0;
|
|
int64_t SMin = 0, SMax = 0, SRHSVal = 0;
|
|
if (ICmpInst::isSignedPredicate(I.getPredicate())) {
|
|
SRHSVal = CI->getSExtValue();
|
|
ComputeSignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne, SMin,
|
|
SMax);
|
|
} else {
|
|
URHSVal = CI->getZExtValue();
|
|
ComputeUnsignedMinMaxValuesFromKnownBits(Ty, KnownZero, KnownOne, UMin,
|
|
UMax);
|
|
}
|
|
switch (I.getPredicate()) { // LE/GE have been folded already.
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown icmp opcode!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
|
|
if (UMax < URHSVal || UMin > URHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
if (UMax < URHSVal || UMin > URHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
|
|
if (UMax < URHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (UMin > URHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
if (UMin > URHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (UMax < URHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
if (SMax < SRHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (SMin > SRHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
|
|
if (SMin > SRHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
if (SMax < SRHSVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Since the RHS is a ConstantInt (CI), if the left hand side is an
|
|
// instruction, see if that instruction also has constants so that the
|
|
// instruction can be folded into the icmp
|
|
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
|
|
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() && isa<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1)) &&
|
|
LHSI->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
ConstantInt *AndCST = cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
// If the LHS is an AND of a truncating cast, we can widen the
|
|
// and/compare to be the input width without changing the value
|
|
// produced, eliminating a cast.
|
|
if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
// We can do this transformation if either the AND constant does not
|
|
// have its sign bit set or if it is an equality comparison.
|
|
// Extending a relational comparison when we're checking the sign
|
|
// bit would not work.
|
|
if (Cast->hasOneUse() && isa<TruncInst>(Cast) &&
|
|
(I.isEquality() ||
|
|
(AndCST->getZExtValue() == (uint64_t)AndCST->getSExtValue()) &&
|
|
(CI->getZExtValue() == (uint64_t)CI->getSExtValue()))) {
|
|
ConstantInt *NewCST;
|
|
ConstantInt *NewCI;
|
|
NewCST = ConstantInt::get(Cast->getOperand(0)->getType(),
|
|
AndCST->getZExtValue());
|
|
NewCI = ConstantInt::get(Cast->getOperand(0)->getType(),
|
|
CI->getZExtValue());
|
|
Instruction *NewAnd =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(Cast->getOperand(0), NewCST,
|
|
LHSI->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, I);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), NewAnd, NewCI);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is: (X >> C1) & C2 != C3 (where any shift and any compare
|
|
// could exist), turn it into (X & (C2 << C1)) != (C3 << C1). This
|
|
// happens a LOT in code produced by the C front-end, for bitfield
|
|
// access.
|
|
ShiftInst *Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0));
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if there is a noop-cast between the shift and the and.
|
|
if (!Shift) {
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(LHSI->getOperand(0)))
|
|
if (CI->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)
|
|
Shift = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(CI->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *ShAmt;
|
|
ShAmt = Shift ? dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Shift->getOperand(1)) : 0;
|
|
const Type *Ty = Shift ? Shift->getType() : 0; // Type of the shift.
|
|
const Type *AndTy = AndCST->getType(); // Type of the and.
|
|
|
|
// We can fold this as long as we can't shift unknown bits
|
|
// into the mask. This can only happen with signed shift
|
|
// rights, as they sign-extend.
|
|
if (ShAmt) {
|
|
bool CanFold = Shift->isLogicalShift();
|
|
if (!CanFold) {
|
|
// To test for the bad case of the signed shr, see if any
|
|
// of the bits shifted in could be tested after the mask.
|
|
int ShAmtVal = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-ShAmt->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (ShAmtVal < 0) ShAmtVal = 0; // Out of range shift.
|
|
|
|
Constant *OShAmt = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShAmtVal);
|
|
Constant *ShVal =
|
|
ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(AndTy),
|
|
OShAmt);
|
|
if (ConstantExpr::getAnd(ShVal, AndCST)->isNullValue())
|
|
CanFold = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (CanFold) {
|
|
Constant *NewCst;
|
|
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
|
|
NewCst = ConstantExpr::getLShr(CI, ShAmt);
|
|
else
|
|
NewCst = ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt);
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if we are shifting out any of the bits being
|
|
// compared.
|
|
if (ConstantExpr::get(Shift->getOpcode(), NewCst, ShAmt) != CI){
|
|
// If we shifted bits out, the fold is not going to work out.
|
|
// As a special case, check to see if this means that the
|
|
// result is always true or false now.
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
} else {
|
|
I.setOperand(1, NewCst);
|
|
Constant *NewAndCST;
|
|
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl)
|
|
NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getLShr(AndCST, ShAmt);
|
|
else
|
|
NewAndCST = ConstantExpr::getShl(AndCST, ShAmt);
|
|
LHSI->setOperand(1, NewAndCST);
|
|
LHSI->setOperand(0, Shift->getOperand(0));
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Shift); // Shift is dead.
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(I);
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Turn ((X >> Y) & C) == 0 into (X & (C << Y)) == 0. The later is
|
|
// preferable because it allows the C<<Y expression to be hoisted out
|
|
// of a loop if Y is invariant and X is not.
|
|
if (Shift && Shift->hasOneUse() && CI->isNullValue() &&
|
|
I.isEquality() && !Shift->isArithmeticShift() &&
|
|
isa<Instruction>(Shift->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
// Compute C << Y.
|
|
Value *NS;
|
|
if (Shift->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr) {
|
|
NS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, AndCST, Shift->getOperand(1),
|
|
"tmp");
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Insert a logical shift.
|
|
NS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, AndCST,
|
|
Shift->getOperand(1), "tmp");
|
|
}
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(NS), I);
|
|
|
|
// Compute X & (C << Y).
|
|
Instruction *NewAnd = BinaryOperator::createAnd(
|
|
Shift->getOperand(0), NS, LHSI->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewAnd, I);
|
|
|
|
I.setOperand(0, NewAnd);
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Shl: // (icmp pred (shl X, ShAmt), CI)
|
|
if (ConstantInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (I.isEquality()) {
|
|
unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
|
|
// Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
|
|
// undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
|
|
// simplified.
|
|
if (ShAmt->getZExtValue() >= TypeBits)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
|
|
// comparison cannot succeed.
|
|
Constant *Comp =
|
|
ConstantExpr::getShl(ConstantExpr::getLShr(CI, ShAmt), ShAmt);
|
|
if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
|
|
bool IsICMP_NE = I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
|
|
Constant *Cst = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, IsICMP_NE);
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
|
|
unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getZExtValue();
|
|
uint64_t Val = (1ULL << (TypeBits-ShAmtVal))-1;
|
|
Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *AndI =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
|
|
Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
|
|
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), And,
|
|
ConstantExpr::getLShr(CI, ShAmt));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::LShr: // (icmp pred (shr X, ShAmt), CI)
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
if (ConstantInt *ShAmt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (I.isEquality()) {
|
|
// Check that the shift amount is in range. If not, don't perform
|
|
// undefined shifts. When the shift is visited it will be
|
|
// simplified.
|
|
unsigned TypeBits = CI->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
if (ShAmt->getZExtValue() >= TypeBits)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// If we are comparing against bits always shifted out, the
|
|
// comparison cannot succeed.
|
|
Constant *Comp;
|
|
if (LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::LShr)
|
|
Comp = ConstantExpr::getLShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt),
|
|
ShAmt);
|
|
else
|
|
Comp = ConstantExpr::getAShr(ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt),
|
|
ShAmt);
|
|
|
|
if (Comp != CI) {// Comparing against a bit that we know is zero.
|
|
bool IsICMP_NE = I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
|
|
Constant *Cst = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, IsICMP_NE);
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Cst);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (LHSI->hasOneUse() || CI->isNullValue()) {
|
|
unsigned ShAmtVal = (unsigned)ShAmt->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise strength reduce the shift into an and.
|
|
uint64_t Val = ~0ULL; // All ones.
|
|
Val <<= ShAmtVal; // Shift over to the right spot.
|
|
Val &= ~0ULL >> (64-TypeBits);
|
|
Constant *Mask = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), Val);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *AndI =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(LHSI->getOperand(0),
|
|
Mask, LHSI->getName()+".mask");
|
|
Value *And = InsertNewInstBefore(AndI, I);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), And,
|
|
ConstantExpr::getShl(CI, ShAmt));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::SDiv:
|
|
case Instruction::UDiv:
|
|
// Fold: icmp pred ([us]div X, C1), C2 -> range test
|
|
// Fold this div into the comparison, producing a range check.
|
|
// Determine, based on the divide type, what the range is being
|
|
// checked. If there is an overflow on the low or high side, remember
|
|
// it, otherwise compute the range [low, hi) bounding the new value.
|
|
// See: InsertRangeTest above for the kinds of replacements possible.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *DivRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// FIXME: If the operand types don't match the type of the divide
|
|
// then don't attempt this transform. The code below doesn't have the
|
|
// logic to deal with a signed divide and an unsigned compare (and
|
|
// vice versa). This is because (x /s C1) <s C2 produces different
|
|
// results than (x /s C1) <u C2 or (x /u C1) <s C2 or even
|
|
// (x /u C1) <u C2. Simply casting the operands and result won't
|
|
// work. :( The if statement below tests that condition and bails
|
|
// if it finds it.
|
|
bool DivIsSigned = LHSI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SDiv;
|
|
if (!I.isEquality() && DivIsSigned != I.isSignedPredicate())
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
// Initialize the variables that will indicate the nature of the
|
|
// range check.
|
|
bool LoOverflow = false, HiOverflow = false;
|
|
ConstantInt *LoBound = 0, *HiBound = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Compute Prod = CI * DivRHS. We are essentially solving an equation
|
|
// of form X/C1=C2. We solve for X by multiplying C1 (DivRHS) and
|
|
// C2 (CI). By solving for X we can turn this into a range check
|
|
// instead of computing a divide.
|
|
ConstantInt *Prod =
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getMul(CI, DivRHS));
|
|
|
|
// Determine if the product overflows by seeing if the product is
|
|
// not equal to the divide. Make sure we do the same kind of divide
|
|
// as in the LHS instruction that we're folding.
|
|
bool ProdOV = !DivRHS->isNullValue() &&
|
|
(DivIsSigned ? ConstantExpr::getSDiv(Prod, DivRHS) :
|
|
ConstantExpr::getUDiv(Prod, DivRHS)) != CI;
|
|
|
|
// Get the ICmp opcode
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate predicate = I.getPredicate();
|
|
|
|
if (DivRHS->isNullValue()) {
|
|
// Don't hack on divide by zeros!
|
|
} else if (!DivIsSigned) { // udiv
|
|
LoBound = Prod;
|
|
LoOverflow = ProdOV;
|
|
HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, LoBound, DivRHS);
|
|
} else if (isPositive(DivRHS)) { // Divisor is > 0.
|
|
if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / pos) op 0
|
|
// Can't overflow.
|
|
LoBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS)));
|
|
HiBound = DivRHS;
|
|
} else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / pos) op pos
|
|
LoBound = Prod;
|
|
LoOverflow = ProdOV;
|
|
HiOverflow = ProdOV || AddWithOverflow(HiBound, Prod, DivRHS);
|
|
} else { // (X / pos) op neg
|
|
Constant *DivRHSH = ConstantExpr::getNeg(SubOne(DivRHS));
|
|
LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod,
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(DivRHSH));
|
|
HiBound = Prod;
|
|
HiOverflow = ProdOV;
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // Divisor is < 0.
|
|
if (CI->isNullValue()) { // (X / neg) op 0
|
|
LoBound = AddOne(DivRHS);
|
|
HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getNeg(DivRHS));
|
|
if (HiBound == DivRHS)
|
|
LoBound = 0; // - INTMIN = INTMIN
|
|
} else if (isPositive(CI)) { // (X / neg) op pos
|
|
HiOverflow = LoOverflow = ProdOV;
|
|
if (!LoOverflow)
|
|
LoOverflow = AddWithOverflow(LoBound, Prod, AddOne(DivRHS));
|
|
HiBound = AddOne(Prod);
|
|
} else { // (X / neg) op neg
|
|
LoBound = Prod;
|
|
LoOverflow = HiOverflow = ProdOV;
|
|
HiBound = cast<ConstantInt>(ConstantExpr::getSub(Prod, DivRHS));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Dividing by a negate swaps the condition.
|
|
predicate = ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(predicate);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (LoBound) {
|
|
Value *X = LHSI->getOperand(0);
|
|
switch (predicate) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unhandled icmp opcode!");
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ:
|
|
if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
else if (HiOverflow)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE :
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, LoBound);
|
|
else if (LoOverflow)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, HiBound);
|
|
else
|
|
return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, DivIsSigned,
|
|
true, I);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_NE:
|
|
if (LoOverflow && HiOverflow)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
else if (HiOverflow)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT :
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT, X, LoBound);
|
|
else if (LoOverflow)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(DivIsSigned ? ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE :
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, HiBound);
|
|
else
|
|
return InsertRangeTest(X, LoBound, HiBound, DivIsSigned,
|
|
false, I);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT:
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT:
|
|
if (LoOverflow)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
return new ICmpInst(predicate, X, LoBound);
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT:
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT:
|
|
if (HiOverflow)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (predicate == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE, X, HiBound);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE, X, HiBound);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Simplify icmp_eq and icmp_ne instructions with integer constant RHS.
|
|
if (I.isEquality()) {
|
|
bool isICMP_NE = I.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
|
|
|
|
// If the first operand is (add|sub|and|or|xor|rem) with a constant, and
|
|
// the second operand is a constant, simplify a bit.
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
|
|
switch (BO->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::SRem:
|
|
// If we have a signed (X % (2^c)) == 0, turn it into an unsigned one.
|
|
if (CI->isNullValue() && isa<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1)) &&
|
|
BO->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
int64_t V = cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))->getSExtValue();
|
|
if (V > 1 && isPowerOf2_64(V)) {
|
|
Value *NewRem = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createURem(
|
|
BO->getOperand(0), BO->getOperand(1), BO->getName()), I);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), NewRem,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(BO->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
// Replace ((add A, B) != C) with (A != C-B) if B & C are constants.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *BOp1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (BO->hasOneUse())
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantExpr::getSub(CI, BOp1C));
|
|
} else if (CI->isNullValue()) {
|
|
// Replace ((add A, B) != 0) with (A != -B) if A or B is
|
|
// efficiently invertible, or if the add has just this one use.
|
|
Value *BOp0 = BO->getOperand(0), *BOp1 = BO->getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp1))
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), BOp0, NegVal);
|
|
else if (Value *NegVal = dyn_castNegVal(BOp0))
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), NegVal, BOp1);
|
|
else if (BO->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Instruction *Neg = BinaryOperator::createNeg(BOp1, BO->getName());
|
|
BO->setName("");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Neg, I);
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), BOp0, Neg);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
// For the xor case, we can xor two constants together, eliminating
|
|
// the explicit xor.
|
|
if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantExpr::getXor(CI, BOC));
|
|
|
|
// FALLTHROUGH
|
|
case Instruction::Sub:
|
|
// Replace (([sub|xor] A, B) != 0) with (A != B)
|
|
if (CI->isNullValue())
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), BO->getOperand(0),
|
|
BO->getOperand(1));
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
// If bits are being or'd in that are not present in the constant we
|
|
// are comparing against, then the comparison could never succeed!
|
|
if (Constant *BOC = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
Constant *NotCI = ConstantExpr::getNot(CI);
|
|
if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(BOC, NotCI)->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
isICMP_NE));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
if (ConstantInt *BOC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(BO->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// If bits are being compared against that are and'd out, then the
|
|
// comparison can never succeed!
|
|
if (!ConstantExpr::getAnd(CI,
|
|
ConstantExpr::getNot(BOC))->isNullValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty,
|
|
isICMP_NE));
|
|
|
|
// If we have ((X & C) == C), turn it into ((X & C) != 0).
|
|
if (CI == BOC && isOneBitSet(CI))
|
|
return new ICmpInst(isICMP_NE ? ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ :
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, Op0,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(CI->getType()));
|
|
|
|
// Replace (and X, (1 << size(X)-1) != 0) with x s< 0
|
|
if (isSignBit(BOC)) {
|
|
Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
|
|
Constant *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(X->getType());
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = isICMP_NE ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT : ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE;
|
|
return new ICmpInst(pred, X, Zero);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ((X & ~7) == 0) --> X < 8
|
|
if (CI->isNullValue() && isHighOnes(BOC)) {
|
|
Value *X = BO->getOperand(0);
|
|
Constant *NegX = ConstantExpr::getNeg(BOC);
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = isICMP_NE ?
|
|
ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE : ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT;
|
|
return new ICmpInst(pred, X, NegX);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
default: break;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
// Handle set{eq|ne} <intrinsic>, intcst.
|
|
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case Intrinsic::bswap_i16:
|
|
// icmp eq (bswap(x)), c -> icmp eq (x,bswap(c))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(II); // Dead?
|
|
I.setOperand(0, II->getOperand(1));
|
|
I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int16Ty,
|
|
ByteSwap_16(CI->getZExtValue())));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
case Intrinsic::bswap_i32:
|
|
// icmp eq (bswap(x)), c -> icmp eq (x,bswap(c))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(II); // Dead?
|
|
I.setOperand(0, II->getOperand(1));
|
|
I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty,
|
|
ByteSwap_32(CI->getZExtValue())));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
case Intrinsic::bswap_i64:
|
|
// icmp eq (bswap(x)), c -> icmp eq (x,bswap(c))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(II); // Dead?
|
|
I.setOperand(0, II->getOperand(1));
|
|
I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int64Ty,
|
|
ByteSwap_64(CI->getZExtValue())));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // Not a ICMP_EQ/ICMP_NE
|
|
// If the LHS is a cast from an integral value of the same size, then
|
|
// since we know the RHS is a constant, try to simlify.
|
|
if (CastInst *Cast = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
Value *CastOp = Cast->getOperand(0);
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = CastOp->getType();
|
|
unsigned SrcTySize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
if (SrcTy->isInteger() &&
|
|
SrcTySize == Cast->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) {
|
|
// If this is an unsigned comparison, try to make the comparison use
|
|
// smaller constant values.
|
|
switch (I.getPredicate()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT: { // X u< 128 => X s> -1
|
|
ConstantInt *CUI = cast<ConstantInt>(CI);
|
|
if (CUI->getZExtValue() == 1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, CastOp,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(SrcTy, -1));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT: { // X u> 127 => X s< 0
|
|
ConstantInt *CUI = cast<ConstantInt>(CI);
|
|
if (CUI->getZExtValue() == (1ULL << (SrcTySize-1))-1)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT, CastOp,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(SrcTy));
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Handle icmp with constant RHS
|
|
if (Constant *RHSC = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (Instruction *LHSI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Op0))
|
|
switch (LHSI->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::GetElementPtr:
|
|
if (RHSC->isNullValue()) {
|
|
// icmp pred GEP (P, int 0, int 0, int 0), null -> icmp pred P, null
|
|
bool isAllZeros = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = LHSI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i)) ||
|
|
!cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
|
|
isAllZeros = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (isAllZeros)
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), LHSI->getOperand(0),
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(LHSI->getOperand(0)->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::PHI:
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Select:
|
|
// If either operand of the select is a constant, we can fold the
|
|
// comparison into the select arms, which will cause one to be
|
|
// constant folded and the select turned into a bitwise or.
|
|
Value *Op1 = 0, *Op2 = 0;
|
|
if (LHSI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
|
|
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
|
|
// Insert a new ICmp of the other select operand.
|
|
Op2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
|
|
LHSI->getOperand(2), RHSC,
|
|
I.getName()), I);
|
|
} else if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(LHSI->getOperand(2))) {
|
|
// Fold the known value into the constant operand.
|
|
Op2 = ConstantExpr::getICmp(I.getPredicate(), C, RHSC);
|
|
// Insert a new ICmp of the other select operand.
|
|
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(),
|
|
LHSI->getOperand(1), RHSC,
|
|
I.getName()), I);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Op1)
|
|
return new SelectInst(LHSI->getOperand(0), Op1, Op2);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we can optimize a 'icmp GEP, P' or 'icmp P, GEP', do so now.
|
|
if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPICmp(GEP, Op1, I.getPredicate(), I))
|
|
return NI;
|
|
if (User *GEP = dyn_castGetElementPtr(Op1))
|
|
if (Instruction *NI = FoldGEPICmp(GEP, Op0,
|
|
ICmpInst::getSwappedPredicate(I.getPredicate()), I))
|
|
return NI;
|
|
|
|
// Test to see if the operands of the icmp are casted versions of other
|
|
// values. If the ptr->ptr cast can be stripped off both arguments, we do so
|
|
// now.
|
|
if (BitCastInst *CI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
if (isa<PointerType>(Op0->getType()) &&
|
|
(isa<Constant>(Op1) || isa<BitCastInst>(Op1))) {
|
|
// We keep moving the cast from the left operand over to the right
|
|
// operand, where it can often be eliminated completely.
|
|
Op0 = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// If operand #1 is a bitcast instruction, it must also be a ptr->ptr cast
|
|
// so eliminate it as well.
|
|
if (BitCastInst *CI2 = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op1))
|
|
Op1 = CI2->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// If Op1 is a constant, we can fold the cast into the constant.
|
|
if (Op0->getType() != Op1->getType())
|
|
if (Constant *Op1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op1)) {
|
|
Op1 = ConstantExpr::getBitCast(Op1C, Op0->getType());
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Otherwise, cast the RHS right before the icmp
|
|
Op1 = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, Op1, Op0->getType(), I);
|
|
}
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), Op0, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isa<CastInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
// Handle the special case of: icmp (cast bool to X), <cst>
|
|
// This comes up when you have code like
|
|
// int X = A < B;
|
|
// if (X) ...
|
|
// For generality, we handle any zero-extension of any operand comparison
|
|
// with a constant or another cast from the same type.
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(Op1) || isa<CastInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(I))
|
|
return R;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (I.isEquality()) {
|
|
Value *A, *B, *C, *D;
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B)))) {
|
|
if (A == Op1 || B == Op1) { // (A^B) == A -> B == 0
|
|
Value *OtherVal = A == Op1 ? B : A;
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), OtherVal,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(A->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
|
|
// A^c1 == C^c2 --> A == C^(c1^c2)
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C1 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(B))
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C2 = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(D))
|
|
if (Op1->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Constant *NC = ConstantExpr::getXor(C1, C2);
|
|
Instruction *Xor = BinaryOperator::createXor(C, NC, "tmp");
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A,
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Xor, I));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// A^B == A^D -> B == D
|
|
if (A == C) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, D);
|
|
if (A == D) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B, C);
|
|
if (B == C) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, D);
|
|
if (B == D) return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), A, C);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_Xor(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
|
|
(A == Op0 || B == Op0)) {
|
|
// A == (A^B) -> B == 0
|
|
Value *OtherVal = A == Op0 ? B : A;
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), OtherVal,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(A->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
if (match(Op0, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && A == Op1) {
|
|
// (A-B) == A -> B == 0
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(B->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
if (match(Op1, m_Sub(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) && A == Op0) {
|
|
// A == (A-B) -> B == 0
|
|
return new ICmpInst(I.getPredicate(), B,
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(B->getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// (X&Z) == (Y&Z) -> (X^Y) & Z == 0
|
|
if (Op0->hasOneUse() && Op1->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op0, m_And(m_Value(A), m_Value(B))) &&
|
|
match(Op1, m_And(m_Value(C), m_Value(D)))) {
|
|
Value *X = 0, *Y = 0, *Z = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (A == C) {
|
|
X = B; Y = D; Z = A;
|
|
} else if (A == D) {
|
|
X = B; Y = C; Z = A;
|
|
} else if (B == C) {
|
|
X = A; Y = D; Z = B;
|
|
} else if (B == D) {
|
|
X = A; Y = C; Z = B;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (X) { // Build (X^Y) & Z
|
|
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createXor(X, Y, "tmp"), I);
|
|
Op1 = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op1, Z, "tmp"), I);
|
|
I.setOperand(0, Op1);
|
|
I.setOperand(1, Constant::getNullValue(Op1->getType()));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return Changed ? &I : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast - Handle icmp (cast x to y), (cast/cst).
|
|
// We only handle extending casts so far.
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitICmpInstWithCastAndCast(ICmpInst &ICI) {
|
|
const CastInst *LHSCI = cast<CastInst>(ICI.getOperand(0));
|
|
Value *LHSCIOp = LHSCI->getOperand(0);
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = LHSCIOp->getType();
|
|
const Type *DestTy = LHSCI->getType();
|
|
Value *RHSCIOp;
|
|
|
|
// We only handle extension cast instructions, so far. Enforce this.
|
|
if (LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::ZExt &&
|
|
LHSCI->getOpcode() != Instruction::SExt)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
bool isSignedExt = LHSCI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt;
|
|
bool isSignedCmp = ICI.isSignedPredicate();
|
|
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(ICI.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Not an extension from the same type?
|
|
RHSCIOp = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (RHSCIOp->getType() != LHSCIOp->getType())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// If the signedness of the two compares doesn't agree (i.e. one is a sext
|
|
// and the other is a zext), then we can't handle this.
|
|
if (CI->getOpcode() != LHSCI->getOpcode())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Likewise, if the signedness of the [sz]exts and the compare don't match,
|
|
// then we can't handle this.
|
|
if (isSignedExt != isSignedCmp && !ICI.isEquality())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Okay, just insert a compare of the reduced operands now!
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, RHSCIOp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we aren't dealing with a constant on the RHS, exit early
|
|
ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(ICI.getOperand(1));
|
|
if (!CI)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Compute the constant that would happen if we truncated to SrcTy then
|
|
// reextended to DestTy.
|
|
Constant *Res1 = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(CI, SrcTy);
|
|
Constant *Res2 = ConstantExpr::getCast(LHSCI->getOpcode(), Res1, DestTy);
|
|
|
|
// If the re-extended constant didn't change...
|
|
if (Res2 == CI) {
|
|
// Make sure that sign of the Cmp and the sign of the Cast are the same.
|
|
// For example, we might have:
|
|
// %A = sext short %X to uint
|
|
// %B = icmp ugt uint %A, 1330
|
|
// It is incorrect to transform this into
|
|
// %B = icmp ugt short %X, 1330
|
|
// because %A may have negative value.
|
|
//
|
|
// However, it is OK if SrcTy is bool (See cast-set.ll testcase)
|
|
// OR operation is EQ/NE.
|
|
if (isSignedExt == isSignedCmp || SrcTy == Type::Int1Ty || ICI.isEquality())
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICI.getPredicate(), LHSCIOp, Res1);
|
|
else
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// The re-extended constant changed so the constant cannot be represented
|
|
// in the shorter type. Consequently, we cannot emit a simple comparison.
|
|
|
|
// First, handle some easy cases. We know the result cannot be equal at this
|
|
// point so handle the ICI.isEquality() cases
|
|
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getFalse());
|
|
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantInt::getTrue());
|
|
|
|
// Evaluate the comparison for LT (we invert for GT below). LE and GE cases
|
|
// should have been folded away previously and not enter in here.
|
|
Value *Result;
|
|
if (isSignedCmp) {
|
|
// We're performing a signed comparison.
|
|
if (cast<ConstantInt>(CI)->getSExtValue() < 0)
|
|
Result = ConstantInt::getFalse(); // X < (small) --> false
|
|
else
|
|
Result = ConstantInt::getTrue(); // X < (large) --> true
|
|
} else {
|
|
// We're performing an unsigned comparison.
|
|
if (isSignedExt) {
|
|
// We're performing an unsigned comp with a sign extended value.
|
|
// This is true if the input is >= 0. [aka >s -1]
|
|
Constant *NegOne = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(SrcTy);
|
|
Result = InsertNewInstBefore(new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT, LHSCIOp,
|
|
NegOne, ICI.getName()), ICI);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Unsigned extend & unsigned compare -> always true.
|
|
Result = ConstantInt::getTrue();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Finally, return the value computed.
|
|
if (ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULT ||
|
|
ICI.getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT) {
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, Result);
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert((ICI.getPredicate()==ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT ||
|
|
ICI.getPredicate()==ICmpInst::ICMP_SGT) &&
|
|
"ICmp should be folded!");
|
|
if (Constant *CI = dyn_cast<Constant>(Result))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(ICI, ConstantExpr::getNot(CI));
|
|
else
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createNot(Result);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShiftInst(ShiftInst &I) {
|
|
assert(I.getOperand(1)->getType() == Type::Int8Ty);
|
|
Value *Op0 = I.getOperand(0), *Op1 = I.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// shl X, 0 == X and shr X, 0 == X
|
|
// shl 0, X == 0 and shr 0, X == 0
|
|
if (Op1 == Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int8Ty) ||
|
|
Op0 == Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op0)) {
|
|
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // undef >>s X -> undef
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
else // undef << X -> 0, undef >>u X -> 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op1)) {
|
|
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr) // X >>s undef -> X
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Op0);
|
|
else // X << undef, X >>u undef -> 0
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(I.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ashr int -1, X = -1 (for any arithmetic shift rights of ~0)
|
|
if (I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr)
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CSI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0))
|
|
if (CSI->isAllOnesValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, CSI);
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(Op0))
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op1))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
|
|
// See if we can turn a signed shr into an unsigned shr.
|
|
if (I.isArithmeticShift()) {
|
|
if (MaskedValueIsZero(Op0,
|
|
1ULL << (I.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()-1))) {
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Op0, Op1, I.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1))
|
|
if (Instruction *Res = FoldShiftByConstant(Op0, CUI, I))
|
|
return Res;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldShiftByConstant(Value *Op0, ConstantInt *Op1,
|
|
ShiftInst &I) {
|
|
bool isLeftShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
|
|
bool isSignedShift = I.getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr;
|
|
bool isUnsignedShift = !isSignedShift;
|
|
|
|
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the instruction whose sole
|
|
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&I, cast<IntegerType>(I.getType())->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne))
|
|
return &I;
|
|
|
|
// shl uint X, 32 = 0 and shr ubyte Y, 9 = 0, ... just don't eliminate shr
|
|
// of a signed value.
|
|
//
|
|
unsigned TypeBits = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
if (Op1->getZExtValue() >= TypeBits) {
|
|
if (isUnsignedShift || isLeftShift)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Constant::getNullValue(Op0->getType()));
|
|
else {
|
|
I.setOperand(1, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, TypeBits-1));
|
|
return &I;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ((X*C1) << C2) == (X * (C1 << C2))
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0))
|
|
if (BO->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul && isLeftShift)
|
|
if (Constant *BOOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(BO->getOperand(1)))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createMul(BO->getOperand(0),
|
|
ConstantExpr::getShl(BOOp, Op1));
|
|
|
|
// Try to fold constant and into select arguments.
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *R = FoldOpIntoSelect(I, SI, this))
|
|
return R;
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Op0))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(I))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
|
|
if (Op0->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *Op0BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0)) {
|
|
// Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
|
|
Value *V1, *V2;
|
|
ConstantInt *CC;
|
|
switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
// These operators commute.
|
|
// Turn (Y + (X >> C)) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
|
|
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op0BO->getOperand(1),
|
|
m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CC))) && CC == Op1) {
|
|
Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
|
|
Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
|
|
Op0BO->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
|
|
Instruction *X =
|
|
BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, V1,
|
|
Op0BO->getOperand(1)->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(X, I); // (X + (Y << C))
|
|
Constant *C2 = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(X->getType());
|
|
C2 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C2, Op1);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, C2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Turn (Y + ((X >> C) & CC)) << C -> ((X & (CC << C)) + (Y << C))
|
|
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(1)->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op0BO->getOperand(1),
|
|
m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
|
|
m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 &&
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
|
|
Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
|
|
Op0BO->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
|
|
Instruction *XM =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
|
|
V1->getName()+".mask");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(XM, I); // X & (CC << C)
|
|
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), YS, XM);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// FALL THROUGH.
|
|
case Instruction::Sub:
|
|
// Turn ((X >> C) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (~0 << C)
|
|
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
|
|
m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_ConstantInt(CC))) && CC == Op1) {
|
|
Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
|
|
Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1,
|
|
Op0BO->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
|
|
Instruction *X =
|
|
BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), V1, YS,
|
|
Op0BO->getOperand(0)->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(X, I); // (X + (Y << C))
|
|
Constant *C2 = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(X->getType());
|
|
C2 = ConstantExpr::getShl(C2, Op1);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(X, C2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Turn (((X >> C)&CC) + Y) << C -> (X + (Y << C)) & (CC << C)
|
|
if (isLeftShift && Op0BO->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
match(Op0BO->getOperand(0),
|
|
m_And(m_Shr(m_Value(V1), m_Value(V2)),
|
|
m_ConstantInt(CC))) && V2 == Op1 &&
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(Op0BO->getOperand(0))
|
|
->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Instruction *YS = new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl,
|
|
Op0BO->getOperand(1), Op1,
|
|
Op0BO->getName());
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(YS, I); // (Y << C)
|
|
Instruction *XM =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(V1, ConstantExpr::getShl(CC, Op1),
|
|
V1->getName()+".mask");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(XM, I); // X & (CC << C)
|
|
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), XM, YS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If the operand is an bitwise operator with a constant RHS, and the
|
|
// shift is the only use, we can pull it out of the shift.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *Op0C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op0BO->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
bool isValid = true; // Valid only for And, Or, Xor
|
|
bool highBitSet = false; // Transform if high bit of constant set?
|
|
|
|
switch (Op0BO->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: isValid = false; break; // Do not perform transform!
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
isValid = isLeftShift;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
highBitSet = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
highBitSet = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a signed shift right, and the high bit is modified
|
|
// by the logical operation, do not perform the transformation.
|
|
// The highBitSet boolean indicates the value of the high bit of
|
|
// the constant which would cause it to be modified for this
|
|
// operation.
|
|
//
|
|
if (isValid && !isLeftShift && isSignedShift) {
|
|
uint64_t Val = Op0C->getZExtValue();
|
|
isValid = ((Val & (1 << (TypeBits-1))) != 0) == highBitSet;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isValid) {
|
|
Constant *NewRHS = ConstantExpr::get(I.getOpcode(), Op0C, Op1);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *NewShift =
|
|
new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op0BO->getOperand(0), Op1,
|
|
Op0BO->getName());
|
|
Op0BO->setName("");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewShift, I);
|
|
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(Op0BO->getOpcode(), NewShift,
|
|
NewRHS);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Find out if this is a shift of a shift by a constant.
|
|
ShiftInst *ShiftOp = 0;
|
|
if (ShiftInst *Op0SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(Op0))
|
|
ShiftOp = Op0SI;
|
|
else if (BitCastInst *CI = dyn_cast<BitCastInst>(Op0)) {
|
|
// If this is a noop-integer cast of a shift instruction, use the shift.
|
|
if (isa<ShiftInst>(CI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
ShiftOp = cast<ShiftInst>(CI->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ShiftOp && isa<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Find the operands and properties of the input shift. Note that the
|
|
// signedness of the input shift may differ from the current shift if there
|
|
// is a noop cast between the two.
|
|
bool isShiftOfLeftShift = ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl;
|
|
bool isShiftOfSignedShift = ShiftOp->getOpcode() == Instruction::AShr;
|
|
bool isShiftOfUnsignedShift = !isShiftOfSignedShift;
|
|
|
|
ConstantInt *ShiftAmt1C = cast<ConstantInt>(ShiftOp->getOperand(1));
|
|
|
|
unsigned ShiftAmt1 = (unsigned)ShiftAmt1C->getZExtValue();
|
|
unsigned ShiftAmt2 = (unsigned)Op1->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Check for (A << c1) << c2 and (A >> c1) >> c2.
|
|
if (isLeftShift == isShiftOfLeftShift) {
|
|
// Do not fold these shifts if the first one is signed and the second one
|
|
// is unsigned and this is a right shift. Further, don't do any folding
|
|
// on them.
|
|
if (isShiftOfSignedShift && isUnsignedShift && !isLeftShift)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
unsigned Amt = ShiftAmt1+ShiftAmt2; // Fold into one big shift.
|
|
if (Amt > Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
|
|
Amt = Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
|
|
Value *Op = ShiftOp->getOperand(0);
|
|
ShiftInst *ShiftResult = new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Op,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, Amt));
|
|
if (I.getType() == ShiftResult->getType())
|
|
return ShiftResult;
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(ShiftResult, I);
|
|
return CastInst::create(Instruction::BitCast, ShiftResult, I.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check for (A << c1) >> c2 or (A >> c1) << c2. If we are dealing with
|
|
// signed types, we can only support the (A >> c1) << c2 configuration,
|
|
// because it can not turn an arbitrary bit of A into a sign bit.
|
|
if (isUnsignedShift || isLeftShift) {
|
|
// Calculate bitmask for what gets shifted off the edge.
|
|
Constant *C = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I.getType());
|
|
if (isLeftShift)
|
|
C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, ShiftAmt1C);
|
|
else
|
|
C = ConstantExpr::getLShr(C, ShiftAmt1C);
|
|
|
|
Value *Op = ShiftOp->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
Instruction *Mask =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(Op, C, Op->getName()+".mask");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Mask, I);
|
|
|
|
// Figure out what flavor of shift we should use...
|
|
if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(I, Mask); // (A << c) >> c === A & c2
|
|
} else if (ShiftAmt1 < ShiftAmt2) {
|
|
return new ShiftInst(I.getOpcode(), Mask,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShiftAmt2-ShiftAmt1));
|
|
} else if (isShiftOfUnsignedShift || isShiftOfLeftShift) {
|
|
if (isShiftOfUnsignedShift && !isShiftOfLeftShift && isSignedShift) {
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Mask,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
|
|
} else {
|
|
return new ShiftInst(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), Mask,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// (X >>s C1) << C2 where C1 > C2 === (X >>s (C1-C2)) & mask
|
|
Instruction *Shift =
|
|
new ShiftInst(ShiftOp->getOpcode(), Mask,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShiftAmt1-ShiftAmt2));
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Shift, I);
|
|
|
|
C = ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(Shift->getType());
|
|
C = ConstantExpr::getShl(C, Op1);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Shift, C, Op->getName()+".mask");
|
|
}
|
|
} else {
|
|
// We can handle signed (X << C1) >>s C2 if it's a sign extend. In
|
|
// this case, C1 == C2 and C1 is 8, 16, or 32.
|
|
if (ShiftAmt1 == ShiftAmt2) {
|
|
const Type *SExtType = 0;
|
|
switch (Op0->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() - ShiftAmt1) {
|
|
case 8 : SExtType = Type::Int8Ty; break;
|
|
case 16: SExtType = Type::Int16Ty; break;
|
|
case 32: SExtType = Type::Int32Ty; break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (SExtType) {
|
|
Instruction *NewTrunc =
|
|
new TruncInst(ShiftOp->getOperand(0), SExtType, "sext");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewTrunc, I);
|
|
return new SExtInst(NewTrunc, I.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr - Analyze 'Val', seeing if it is a simple linear
|
|
/// expression. If so, decompose it, returning some value X, such that Val is
|
|
/// X*Scale+Offset.
|
|
///
|
|
static Value *DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(Value *Val, unsigned &Scale,
|
|
unsigned &Offset) {
|
|
assert(Val->getType() == Type::Int32Ty && "Unexpected allocation size type!");
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Val)) {
|
|
Offset = CI->getZExtValue();
|
|
Scale = 1;
|
|
return ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, 0);
|
|
} else if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val)) {
|
|
if (I->getNumOperands() == 2) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CUI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl) {
|
|
// This is a value scaled by '1 << the shift amt'.
|
|
Scale = 1U << CUI->getZExtValue();
|
|
Offset = 0;
|
|
return I->getOperand(0);
|
|
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul) {
|
|
// This value is scaled by 'CUI'.
|
|
Scale = CUI->getZExtValue();
|
|
Offset = 0;
|
|
return I->getOperand(0);
|
|
} else if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
|
|
// We have X+C. Check to see if we really have (X*C2)+C1,
|
|
// where C1 is divisible by C2.
|
|
unsigned SubScale;
|
|
Value *SubVal =
|
|
DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(I->getOperand(0), SubScale, Offset);
|
|
Offset += CUI->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (SubScale > 1 && (Offset % SubScale == 0)) {
|
|
Scale = SubScale;
|
|
return SubVal;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, we can't look past this.
|
|
Scale = 1;
|
|
Offset = 0;
|
|
return Val;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// PromoteCastOfAllocation - If we find a cast of an allocation instruction,
|
|
/// try to eliminate the cast by moving the type information into the alloc.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::PromoteCastOfAllocation(CastInst &CI,
|
|
AllocationInst &AI) {
|
|
const PointerType *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CI.getType());
|
|
if (!PTy) return 0; // Not casting the allocation to a pointer type.
|
|
|
|
// Remove any uses of AI that are dead.
|
|
assert(!CI.use_empty() && "Dead instructions should be removed earlier!");
|
|
std::vector<Instruction*> DeadUsers;
|
|
for (Value::use_iterator UI = AI.use_begin(), E = AI.use_end(); UI != E; ) {
|
|
Instruction *User = cast<Instruction>(*UI++);
|
|
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(User)) {
|
|
while (UI != E && *UI == User)
|
|
++UI; // If this instruction uses AI more than once, don't break UI.
|
|
|
|
// Add operands to the worklist.
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(*User);
|
|
++NumDeadInst;
|
|
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *User;
|
|
|
|
User->eraseFromParent();
|
|
removeFromWorkList(User);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Get the type really allocated and the type casted to.
|
|
const Type *AllocElTy = AI.getAllocatedType();
|
|
const Type *CastElTy = PTy->getElementType();
|
|
if (!AllocElTy->isSized() || !CastElTy->isSized()) return 0;
|
|
|
|
unsigned AllocElTyAlign = TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(AllocElTy);
|
|
unsigned CastElTyAlign = TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(CastElTy);
|
|
if (CastElTyAlign < AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
|
|
|
|
// If the allocation has multiple uses, only promote it if we are strictly
|
|
// increasing the alignment of the resultant allocation. If we keep it the
|
|
// same, we open the door to infinite loops of various kinds.
|
|
if (!AI.hasOneUse() && CastElTyAlign == AllocElTyAlign) return 0;
|
|
|
|
uint64_t AllocElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(AllocElTy);
|
|
uint64_t CastElTySize = TD->getTypeSize(CastElTy);
|
|
if (CastElTySize == 0 || AllocElTySize == 0) return 0;
|
|
|
|
// See if we can satisfy the modulus by pulling a scale out of the array
|
|
// size argument.
|
|
unsigned ArraySizeScale, ArrayOffset;
|
|
Value *NumElements = // See if the array size is a decomposable linear expr.
|
|
DecomposeSimpleLinearExpr(AI.getOperand(0), ArraySizeScale, ArrayOffset);
|
|
|
|
// If we can now satisfy the modulus, by using a non-1 scale, we really can
|
|
// do the xform.
|
|
if ((AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale) % CastElTySize != 0 ||
|
|
(AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset ) % CastElTySize != 0) return 0;
|
|
|
|
unsigned Scale = (AllocElTySize*ArraySizeScale)/CastElTySize;
|
|
Value *Amt = 0;
|
|
if (Scale == 1) {
|
|
Amt = NumElements;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If the allocation size is constant, form a constant mul expression
|
|
Amt = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Scale);
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(NumElements))
|
|
Amt = ConstantExpr::getMul(
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(NumElements), cast<ConstantInt>(Amt));
|
|
// otherwise multiply the amount and the number of elements
|
|
else if (Scale != 1) {
|
|
Instruction *Tmp = BinaryOperator::createMul(Amt, NumElements, "tmp");
|
|
Amt = InsertNewInstBefore(Tmp, AI);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (unsigned Offset = (AllocElTySize*ArrayOffset)/CastElTySize) {
|
|
Value *Off = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Offset);
|
|
Instruction *Tmp = BinaryOperator::createAdd(Amt, Off, "tmp");
|
|
Amt = InsertNewInstBefore(Tmp, AI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
std::string Name = AI.getName(); AI.setName("");
|
|
AllocationInst *New;
|
|
if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
|
|
New = new MallocInst(CastElTy, Amt, AI.getAlignment(), Name);
|
|
else
|
|
New = new AllocaInst(CastElTy, Amt, AI.getAlignment(), Name);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
|
|
|
|
// If the allocation has multiple uses, insert a cast and change all things
|
|
// that used it to use the new cast. This will also hack on CI, but it will
|
|
// die soon.
|
|
if (!AI.hasOneUse()) {
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(AI);
|
|
// New is the allocation instruction, pointer typed. AI is the original
|
|
// allocation instruction, also pointer typed. Thus, cast to use is BitCast.
|
|
CastInst *NewCast = new BitCastInst(New, AI.getType(), "tmpcast");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, AI);
|
|
AI.replaceAllUsesWith(NewCast);
|
|
}
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, New);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// CanEvaluateInDifferentType - Return true if we can take the specified value
|
|
/// and return it without inserting any new casts. This is used by code that
|
|
/// tries to decide whether promoting or shrinking integer operations to wider
|
|
/// or smaller types will allow us to eliminate a truncate or extend.
|
|
static bool CanEvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty,
|
|
int &NumCastsRemoved) {
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(V)) return true;
|
|
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (!I || !I->hasOneUse()) return false;
|
|
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
// These operators can all arbitrarily be extended or truncated.
|
|
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, NumCastsRemoved) &&
|
|
CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, NumCastsRemoved);
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
case Instruction::Shl:
|
|
// If this is just a bitcast changing the sign of the operation, we can
|
|
// convert if the operand can be converted.
|
|
if (V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits())
|
|
return CanEvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, NumCastsRemoved);
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
case Instruction::ZExt:
|
|
case Instruction::SExt:
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast:
|
|
// If this is a cast from the destination type, we can trivially eliminate
|
|
// it, and this will remove a cast overall.
|
|
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() == Ty) {
|
|
// If the first operand is itself a cast, and is eliminable, do not count
|
|
// this as an eliminable cast. We would prefer to eliminate those two
|
|
// casts first.
|
|
if (isa<CastInst>(I->getOperand(0)))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
++NumCastsRemoved;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
// TODO: Can handle more cases here.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// EvaluateInDifferentType - Given an expression that
|
|
/// CanEvaluateInDifferentType returns true for, actually insert the code to
|
|
/// evaluate the expression.
|
|
Value *InstCombiner::EvaluateInDifferentType(Value *V, const Type *Ty,
|
|
bool isSigned ) {
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(V))
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(C, Ty, isSigned /*Sext or ZExt*/);
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, it must be an instruction.
|
|
Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
Instruction *Res = 0;
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor: {
|
|
Value *LHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, isSigned);
|
|
Value *RHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(1), Ty, isSigned);
|
|
Res = BinaryOperator::create((Instruction::BinaryOps)I->getOpcode(),
|
|
LHS, RHS, I->getName());
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
case Instruction::Shl: {
|
|
Value *LHS = EvaluateInDifferentType(I->getOperand(0), Ty, isSigned);
|
|
Res = new ShiftInst((Instruction::OtherOps)I->getOpcode(), LHS,
|
|
I->getOperand(1), I->getName());
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
case Instruction::ZExt:
|
|
case Instruction::SExt:
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast:
|
|
// If the source type of the cast is the type we're trying for then we can
|
|
// just return the source. There's no need to insert it because its not new.
|
|
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() == Ty)
|
|
return I->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// Some other kind of cast, which shouldn't happen, so just ..
|
|
// FALL THROUGH
|
|
default:
|
|
// TODO: Can handle more cases here.
|
|
assert(0 && "Unreachable!");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return InsertNewInstBefore(Res, *I);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// @brief Implement the transforms common to all CastInst visitors.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// Casting undef to anything results in undef so might as just replace it and
|
|
// get rid of the cast.
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Src)) // cast undef -> undef
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, UndefValue::get(CI.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// Many cases of "cast of a cast" are eliminable. If its eliminable we just
|
|
// eliminate it now.
|
|
if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
|
|
if (Instruction::CastOps opc =
|
|
isEliminableCastPair(CSrc, CI.getOpcode(), CI.getType(), TD)) {
|
|
// The first cast (CSrc) is eliminable so we need to fix up or replace
|
|
// the second cast (CI). CSrc will then have a good chance of being dead.
|
|
return CastInst::create(opc, CSrc->getOperand(0), CI.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If casting the result of a getelementptr instruction with no offset, turn
|
|
// this into a cast of the original pointer!
|
|
//
|
|
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Src)) {
|
|
bool AllZeroOperands = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i)) ||
|
|
!cast<Constant>(GEP->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
|
|
AllZeroOperands = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (AllZeroOperands) {
|
|
// Changing the cast operand is usually not a good idea but it is safe
|
|
// here because the pointer operand is being replaced with another
|
|
// pointer operand so the opcode doesn't need to change.
|
|
CI.setOperand(0, GEP->getOperand(0));
|
|
return &CI;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we are casting a malloc or alloca to a pointer to a type of the same
|
|
// size, rewrite the allocation instruction to allocate the "right" type.
|
|
if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(Src))
|
|
if (Instruction *V = PromoteCastOfAllocation(CI, *AI))
|
|
return V;
|
|
|
|
// If we are casting a select then fold the cast into the select
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Src))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoSelect(CI, SI, this))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
|
|
// If we are casting a PHI then fold the cast into the PHI
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(Src))
|
|
if (Instruction *NV = FoldOpIntoPhi(CI))
|
|
return NV;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// Only the TRUNC, ZEXT, SEXT, and BITCONVERT can have both operands as
|
|
/// integers. This function implements the common transforms for all those
|
|
/// cases.
|
|
/// @brief Implement the transforms common to CastInst with integer operands
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::commonIntCastTransforms(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI))
|
|
return Result;
|
|
|
|
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
|
|
const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
|
|
unsigned SrcBitSize = SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned DestBitSize = DestTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
|
|
// See if we can simplify any instructions used by the LHS whose sole
|
|
// purpose is to compute bits we don't care about.
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero = 0, KnownOne = 0;
|
|
if (SimplifyDemandedBits(&CI, cast<IntegerType>(DestTy)->getBitMask(),
|
|
KnownZero, KnownOne))
|
|
return &CI;
|
|
|
|
// If the source isn't an instruction or has more than one use then we
|
|
// can't do anything more.
|
|
Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src);
|
|
if (!SrcI || !Src->hasOneUse())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Attempt to propagate the cast into the instruction.
|
|
int NumCastsRemoved = 0;
|
|
if (CanEvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy, NumCastsRemoved)) {
|
|
// If this cast is a truncate, evaluting in a different type always
|
|
// eliminates the cast, so it is always a win. If this is a noop-cast
|
|
// this just removes a noop cast which isn't pointful, but simplifies
|
|
// the code. If this is a zero-extension, we need to do an AND to
|
|
// maintain the clear top-part of the computation, so we require that
|
|
// the input have eliminated at least one cast. If this is a sign
|
|
// extension, we insert two new casts (to do the extension) so we
|
|
// require that two casts have been eliminated.
|
|
bool DoXForm = CI.isNoopCast(TD->getIntPtrType());
|
|
if (!DoXForm) {
|
|
switch (CI.getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
DoXForm = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::ZExt:
|
|
DoXForm = NumCastsRemoved >= 1;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::SExt:
|
|
DoXForm = NumCastsRemoved >= 2;
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast:
|
|
DoXForm = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
default:
|
|
// All the others use floating point so we shouldn't actually
|
|
// get here because of the check above.
|
|
assert(!"Unknown cast type .. unreachable");
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (DoXForm) {
|
|
Value *Res = EvaluateInDifferentType(SrcI, DestTy,
|
|
CI.getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt);
|
|
assert(Res->getType() == DestTy);
|
|
switch (CI.getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "Unknown cast type!");
|
|
case Instruction::Trunc:
|
|
case Instruction::BitCast:
|
|
// Just replace this cast with the result.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
|
|
case Instruction::ZExt: {
|
|
// We need to emit an AND to clear the high bits.
|
|
assert(SrcBitSize < DestBitSize && "Not a zext?");
|
|
Constant *C =
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int64Ty, (1ULL << SrcBitSize)-1);
|
|
if (DestBitSize < 64)
|
|
C = ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, DestTy);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(Res, C);
|
|
}
|
|
case Instruction::SExt:
|
|
// We need to emit a cast to truncate, then a cast to sext.
|
|
return CastInst::create(Instruction::SExt,
|
|
InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, Res, Src->getType(),
|
|
CI), DestTy);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *Op0 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 0 ? SrcI->getOperand(0) : 0;
|
|
Value *Op1 = SrcI->getNumOperands() > 1 ? SrcI->getOperand(1) : 0;
|
|
|
|
switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
case Instruction::Mul:
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
// If we are discarding information, or just changing the sign,
|
|
// rewrite.
|
|
if (DestBitSize <= SrcBitSize && DestBitSize != 1) {
|
|
// Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow
|
|
// two casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could
|
|
// only be converting signedness, which is a noop.
|
|
if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
|
|
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op1, DestTy,TD) ||
|
|
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CI.getOpcode();
|
|
Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
|
|
Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// cast (xor bool X, true) to int --> xor (cast bool X to int), 1
|
|
if (isa<ZExtInst>(CI) && SrcBitSize == 1 &&
|
|
SrcI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Xor &&
|
|
Op1 == ConstantInt::getTrue() &&
|
|
(!Op0->hasOneUse() || !isa<CmpInst>(Op0))) {
|
|
Value *New = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::ZExt, Op0, DestTy, &CI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createXor(New, ConstantInt::get(CI.getType(), 1));
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::SDiv:
|
|
case Instruction::UDiv:
|
|
case Instruction::SRem:
|
|
case Instruction::URem:
|
|
// If we are just changing the sign, rewrite.
|
|
if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize) {
|
|
// Don't insert two casts if they cannot be eliminated. We allow
|
|
// two casts to be inserted if the sizes are the same. This could
|
|
// only be converting signedness, which is a noop.
|
|
if (!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op1, DestTy, TD) ||
|
|
!ValueRequiresCast(CI.getOpcode(), Op0, DestTy, TD)) {
|
|
Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
|
|
Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
|
|
Value *Op1c = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
|
|
Op1, DestTy, SrcI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(
|
|
cast<BinaryOperator>(SrcI)->getOpcode(), Op0c, Op1c);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::Shl:
|
|
// Allow changing the sign of the source operand. Do not allow
|
|
// changing the size of the shift, UNLESS the shift amount is a
|
|
// constant. We must not change variable sized shifts to a smaller
|
|
// size, because it is undefined to shift more bits out than exist
|
|
// in the value.
|
|
if (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ||
|
|
(DestBitSize < SrcBitSize && isa<Constant>(Op1))) {
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode = (DestBitSize == SrcBitSize ?
|
|
Instruction::BitCast : Instruction::Trunc);
|
|
Value *Op0c = InsertOperandCastBefore(opcode, Op0, DestTy, SrcI);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, Op0c, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
// If this is a signed shr, and if all bits shifted in are about to be
|
|
// truncated off, turn it into an unsigned shr to allow greater
|
|
// simplifications.
|
|
if (DestBitSize < SrcBitSize &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
unsigned ShiftAmt = cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (SrcBitSize > ShiftAmt && SrcBitSize-ShiftAmt >= DestBitSize) {
|
|
// Insert the new logical shift right.
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, Op0, Op1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Instruction::ICmp:
|
|
// If we are just checking for a icmp eq of a single bit and casting it
|
|
// to an integer, then shift the bit to the appropriate place and then
|
|
// cast to integer to avoid the comparison.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *Op1C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(Op1)) {
|
|
uint64_t Op1CV = Op1C->getZExtValue();
|
|
// cast (X == 0) to int --> X^1 iff X has only the low bit set.
|
|
// cast (X == 0) to int --> (X>>1)^1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
|
|
// cast (X == 1) to int --> X iff X has only the low bit set.
|
|
// cast (X == 2) to int --> X>>1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
|
|
// cast (X != 0) to int --> X iff X has only the low bit set.
|
|
// cast (X != 0) to int --> X>>1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
|
|
// cast (X != 1) to int --> X^1 iff X has only the low bit set.
|
|
// cast (X != 2) to int --> (X>>1)^1 iff X has only the 2nd bit set.
|
|
if (Op1CV == 0 || isPowerOf2_64(Op1CV)) {
|
|
// If Op1C some other power of two, convert:
|
|
uint64_t KnownZero, KnownOne;
|
|
uint64_t TypeMask = Op1C->getType()->getBitMask();
|
|
ComputeMaskedBits(Op0, TypeMask, KnownZero, KnownOne);
|
|
|
|
// This only works for EQ and NE
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate pred = cast<ICmpInst>(SrcI)->getPredicate();
|
|
if (pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_NE && pred != ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
if (isPowerOf2_64(KnownZero^TypeMask)) { // Exactly 1 possible 1?
|
|
bool isNE = pred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
|
|
if (Op1CV && (Op1CV != (KnownZero^TypeMask))) {
|
|
// (X&4) == 2 --> false
|
|
// (X&4) != 2 --> true
|
|
Constant *Res = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int1Ty, isNE);
|
|
Res = ConstantExpr::getZExt(Res, CI.getType());
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Res);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
unsigned ShiftAmt = Log2_64(KnownZero^TypeMask);
|
|
Value *In = Op0;
|
|
if (ShiftAmt) {
|
|
// Perform a logical shr by shiftamt.
|
|
// Insert the shift to put the result in the low bit.
|
|
In = InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, In,
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, ShiftAmt),
|
|
In->getName()+".lobit"), CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((Op1CV != 0) == isNE) { // Toggle the low bit.
|
|
Constant *One = ConstantInt::get(In->getType(), 1);
|
|
In = BinaryOperator::createXor(In, One, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(In), CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (CI.getType() == In->getType())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, In);
|
|
else
|
|
return CastInst::createIntegerCast(In, CI.getType(), false/*ZExt*/);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitTrunc(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
|
|
return Result;
|
|
|
|
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
|
|
const Type *Ty = CI.getType();
|
|
unsigned DestBitWidth = Ty->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *SrcI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Src)) {
|
|
switch (SrcI->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
// We can shrink lshr to something smaller if we know the bits shifted in
|
|
// are already zeros.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *ShAmtV = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SrcI->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
unsigned ShAmt = ShAmtV->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Get a mask for the bits shifting in.
|
|
uint64_t Mask = (~0ULL >> (64-ShAmt)) << DestBitWidth;
|
|
Value* SrcIOp0 = SrcI->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (SrcI->hasOneUse() && MaskedValueIsZero(SrcIOp0, Mask)) {
|
|
if (ShAmt >= DestBitWidth) // All zeros.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Constant::getNullValue(Ty));
|
|
|
|
// Okay, we can shrink this. Truncate the input, then return a new
|
|
// shift.
|
|
Value *V = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, SrcIOp0, Ty, CI);
|
|
return new ShiftInst(Instruction::LShr, V, SrcI->getOperand(1));
|
|
}
|
|
} else { // This is a variable shr.
|
|
|
|
// Turn 'trunc (lshr X, Y) to bool' into '(X & (1 << Y)) != 0'. This is
|
|
// more LLVM instructions, but allows '1 << Y' to be hoisted if
|
|
// loop-invariant and CSE'd.
|
|
if (CI.getType() == Type::Int1Ty && SrcI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Value *One = ConstantInt::get(SrcI->getType(), 1);
|
|
|
|
Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(new ShiftInst(Instruction::Shl, One,
|
|
SrcI->getOperand(1),
|
|
"tmp"), CI);
|
|
V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createAnd(V,
|
|
SrcI->getOperand(0),
|
|
"tmp"), CI);
|
|
Value *Zero = Constant::getNullValue(V->getType());
|
|
return new ICmpInst(ICmpInst::ICMP_NE, V, Zero);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitZExt(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
// If one of the common conversion will work ..
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
|
|
return Result;
|
|
|
|
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// If this is a cast of a cast
|
|
if (CastInst *CSrc = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Src)) { // A->B->C cast
|
|
// If this is a TRUNC followed by a ZEXT then we are dealing with integral
|
|
// types and if the sizes are just right we can convert this into a logical
|
|
// 'and' which will be much cheaper than the pair of casts.
|
|
if (isa<TruncInst>(CSrc)) {
|
|
// Get the sizes of the types involved
|
|
Value *A = CSrc->getOperand(0);
|
|
unsigned SrcSize = A->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned MidSize = CSrc->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned DstSize = CI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
// If we're actually extending zero bits and the trunc is a no-op
|
|
if (MidSize < DstSize && SrcSize == DstSize) {
|
|
// Replace both of the casts with an And of the type mask.
|
|
uint64_t AndValue = cast<IntegerType>(CSrc->getType())->getBitMask();
|
|
Constant *AndConst = ConstantInt::get(A->getType(), AndValue);
|
|
Instruction *And =
|
|
BinaryOperator::createAnd(CSrc->getOperand(0), AndConst);
|
|
// Unfortunately, if the type changed, we need to cast it back.
|
|
if (And->getType() != CI.getType()) {
|
|
And->setName(CSrc->getName()+".mask");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(And, CI);
|
|
And = CastInst::createIntegerCast(And, CI.getType(), false/*ZExt*/);
|
|
}
|
|
return And;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSExt(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonIntCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPTrunc(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPExt(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToUI(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFPToSI(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitUIToFP(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSIToFP(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPtrToInt(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitIntToPtr(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
return commonCastTransforms(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBitCast(CastInst &CI) {
|
|
|
|
// If the operands are integer typed then apply the integer transforms,
|
|
// otherwise just apply the common ones.
|
|
Value *Src = CI.getOperand(0);
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = Src->getType();
|
|
const Type *DestTy = CI.getType();
|
|
|
|
if (SrcTy->isInteger() && DestTy->isInteger()) {
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = commonIntCastTransforms(CI))
|
|
return Result;
|
|
} else {
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = commonCastTransforms(CI))
|
|
return Result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// Get rid of casts from one type to the same type. These are useless and can
|
|
// be replaced by the operand.
|
|
if (DestTy == Src->getType())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(CI, Src);
|
|
|
|
// If the source and destination are pointers, and this cast is equivalent to
|
|
// a getelementptr X, 0, 0, 0... turn it into the appropriate getelementptr.
|
|
// This can enhance SROA and other transforms that want type-safe pointers.
|
|
if (const PointerType *DstPTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(DestTy)) {
|
|
if (const PointerType *SrcPTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(SrcTy)) {
|
|
const Type *DstElTy = DstPTy->getElementType();
|
|
const Type *SrcElTy = SrcPTy->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
Constant *ZeroUInt = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
|
|
unsigned NumZeros = 0;
|
|
while (SrcElTy != DstElTy &&
|
|
isa<CompositeType>(SrcElTy) && !isa<PointerType>(SrcElTy) &&
|
|
SrcElTy->getNumContainedTypes() /* not "{}" */) {
|
|
SrcElTy = cast<CompositeType>(SrcElTy)->getTypeAtIndex(ZeroUInt);
|
|
++NumZeros;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we found a path from the src to dest, create the getelementptr now.
|
|
if (SrcElTy == DstElTy) {
|
|
std::vector<Value*> Idxs(NumZeros+1, ZeroUInt);
|
|
return new GetElementPtrInst(Src, Idxs);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(Src)) {
|
|
if (SVI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Okay, we have (bitconvert (shuffle ..)). Check to see if this is
|
|
// a bitconvert to a vector with the same # elts.
|
|
if (isa<PackedType>(DestTy) &&
|
|
cast<PackedType>(DestTy)->getNumElements() ==
|
|
SVI->getType()->getNumElements()) {
|
|
CastInst *Tmp;
|
|
// If either of the operands is a cast from CI.getType(), then
|
|
// evaluating the shuffle in the casted destination's type will allow
|
|
// us to eliminate at least one cast.
|
|
if (((Tmp = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SVI->getOperand(0))) &&
|
|
Tmp->getOperand(0)->getType() == DestTy) ||
|
|
((Tmp = dyn_cast<CastInst>(SVI->getOperand(1))) &&
|
|
Tmp->getOperand(0)->getType() == DestTy)) {
|
|
Value *LHS = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
|
|
SVI->getOperand(0), DestTy, &CI);
|
|
Value *RHS = InsertOperandCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
|
|
SVI->getOperand(1), DestTy, &CI);
|
|
// Return a new shuffle vector. Use the same element ID's, as we
|
|
// know the vector types match #elts.
|
|
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS, SVI->getOperand(2));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// GetSelectFoldableOperands - We want to turn code that looks like this:
|
|
/// %C = or %A, %B
|
|
/// %D = select %cond, %C, %A
|
|
/// into:
|
|
/// %C = select %cond, %B, 0
|
|
/// %D = or %A, %C
|
|
///
|
|
/// Assuming that the specified instruction is an operand to the select, return
|
|
/// a bitmask indicating which operands of this instruction are foldable if they
|
|
/// equal the other incoming value of the select.
|
|
///
|
|
static unsigned GetSelectFoldableOperands(Instruction *I) {
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
case Instruction::Mul:
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
return 3; // Can fold through either operand.
|
|
case Instruction::Sub: // Can only fold on the amount subtracted.
|
|
case Instruction::Shl: // Can only fold on the shift amount.
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
return 1;
|
|
default:
|
|
return 0; // Cannot fold
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// GetSelectFoldableConstant - For the same transformation as the previous
|
|
/// function, return the identity constant that goes into the select.
|
|
static Constant *GetSelectFoldableConstant(Instruction *I) {
|
|
switch (I->getOpcode()) {
|
|
default: assert(0 && "This cannot happen!"); abort();
|
|
case Instruction::Add:
|
|
case Instruction::Sub:
|
|
case Instruction::Or:
|
|
case Instruction::Xor:
|
|
return Constant::getNullValue(I->getType());
|
|
case Instruction::Shl:
|
|
case Instruction::LShr:
|
|
case Instruction::AShr:
|
|
return Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int8Ty);
|
|
case Instruction::And:
|
|
return ConstantInt::getAllOnesValue(I->getType());
|
|
case Instruction::Mul:
|
|
return ConstantInt::get(I->getType(), 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// FoldSelectOpOp - Here we have (select c, TI, FI), and we know that TI and FI
|
|
/// have the same opcode and only one use each. Try to simplify this.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldSelectOpOp(SelectInst &SI, Instruction *TI,
|
|
Instruction *FI) {
|
|
if (TI->getNumOperands() == 1) {
|
|
// If this is a non-volatile load or a cast from the same type,
|
|
// merge.
|
|
if (TI->isCast()) {
|
|
if (TI->getOperand(0)->getType() != FI->getOperand(0)->getType())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return 0; // unknown unary op.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Fold this by inserting a select from the input values.
|
|
SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TI->getOperand(0),
|
|
FI->getOperand(0), SI.getName()+".v");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
|
|
return CastInst::create(Instruction::CastOps(TI->getOpcode()), NewSI,
|
|
TI->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Only handle binary, compare and shift operators here.
|
|
if (!isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && !isa<BinaryOperator>(TI))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Figure out if the operations have any operands in common.
|
|
Value *MatchOp, *OtherOpT, *OtherOpF;
|
|
bool MatchIsOpZero;
|
|
if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
|
|
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
|
|
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
|
|
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
|
|
MatchIsOpZero = true;
|
|
} else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
|
|
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
|
|
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
|
|
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
|
|
MatchIsOpZero = false;
|
|
} else if (!TI->isCommutative()) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else if (TI->getOperand(0) == FI->getOperand(1)) {
|
|
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(0);
|
|
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(1);
|
|
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(0);
|
|
MatchIsOpZero = true;
|
|
} else if (TI->getOperand(1) == FI->getOperand(0)) {
|
|
MatchOp = TI->getOperand(1);
|
|
OtherOpT = TI->getOperand(0);
|
|
OtherOpF = FI->getOperand(1);
|
|
MatchIsOpZero = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we reach here, they do have operations in common.
|
|
SelectInst *NewSI = new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), OtherOpT,
|
|
OtherOpF, SI.getName()+".v");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSI, SI);
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TI)) {
|
|
if (MatchIsOpZero)
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
|
|
else
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
assert(isa<ShiftInst>(TI) && "Should only have Shift here");
|
|
if (MatchIsOpZero)
|
|
return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), MatchOp, NewSI);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(TI)->getOpcode(), NewSI, MatchOp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
|
|
Value *CondVal = SI.getCondition();
|
|
Value *TrueVal = SI.getTrueValue();
|
|
Value *FalseVal = SI.getFalseValue();
|
|
|
|
// select true, X, Y -> X
|
|
// select false, X, Y -> Y
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(CondVal))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, C->getZExtValue() ? TrueVal : FalseVal);
|
|
|
|
// select C, X, X -> X
|
|
if (TrueVal == FalseVal)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(TrueVal)) // select C, undef, X -> X
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(FalseVal)) // select C, X, undef -> X
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(CondVal)) { // select undef, X, Y -> X or Y
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
else
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (SI.getType() == Type::Int1Ty) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal)) {
|
|
if (C->getZExtValue()) {
|
|
// Change: A = select B, true, C --> A = or B, C
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createOr(CondVal, FalseVal);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Change: A = select B, false, C --> A = and !B, C
|
|
Value *NotCond =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
|
|
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(NotCond, FalseVal);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
|
|
if (C->getZExtValue() == false) {
|
|
// Change: A = select B, C, false --> A = and B, C
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAnd(CondVal, TrueVal);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Change: A = select B, C, true --> A = or !B, C
|
|
Value *NotCond =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
|
|
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createOr(NotCond, TrueVal);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Selecting between two integer constants?
|
|
if (ConstantInt *TrueValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(TrueVal))
|
|
if (ConstantInt *FalseValC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(FalseVal)) {
|
|
// select C, 1, 0 -> cast C to int
|
|
if (FalseValC->isNullValue() && TrueValC->getZExtValue() == 1) {
|
|
return CastInst::create(Instruction::ZExt, CondVal, SI.getType());
|
|
} else if (TrueValC->isNullValue() && FalseValC->getZExtValue() == 1) {
|
|
// select C, 0, 1 -> cast !C to int
|
|
Value *NotCond =
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::createNot(CondVal,
|
|
"not."+CondVal->getName()), SI);
|
|
return CastInst::create(Instruction::ZExt, NotCond, SI.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ICmpInst *IC = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(SI.getCondition())) {
|
|
|
|
// (x <s 0) ? -1 : 0 -> ashr x, 31
|
|
// (x >u 2147483647) ? -1 : 0 -> ashr x, 31
|
|
if (TrueValC->isAllOnesValue() && FalseValC->isNullValue())
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CmpCst = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
bool CanXForm = false;
|
|
if (IC->isSignedPredicate())
|
|
CanXForm = CmpCst->isNullValue() &&
|
|
IC->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLT;
|
|
else {
|
|
unsigned Bits = CmpCst->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
CanXForm = (CmpCst->getZExtValue() == ~0ULL >> (64-Bits+1)) &&
|
|
IC->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (CanXForm) {
|
|
// The comparison constant and the result are not neccessarily the
|
|
// same width. Make an all-ones value by inserting a AShr.
|
|
Value *X = IC->getOperand(0);
|
|
unsigned Bits = X->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
Constant *ShAmt = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int8Ty, Bits-1);
|
|
Instruction *SRA = new ShiftInst(Instruction::AShr, X,
|
|
ShAmt, "ones");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(SRA, SI);
|
|
|
|
// Finally, convert to the type of the select RHS. We figure out
|
|
// if this requires a SExt, Trunc or BitCast based on the sizes.
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opc = Instruction::BitCast;
|
|
unsigned SRASize = SRA->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned SISize = SI.getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
if (SRASize < SISize)
|
|
opc = Instruction::SExt;
|
|
else if (SRASize > SISize)
|
|
opc = Instruction::Trunc;
|
|
return CastInst::create(opc, SRA, SI.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If one of the constants is zero (we know they can't both be) and we
|
|
// have a fcmp instruction with zero, and we have an 'and' with the
|
|
// non-constant value, eliminate this whole mess. This corresponds to
|
|
// cases like this: ((X & 27) ? 27 : 0)
|
|
if (TrueValC->isNullValue() || FalseValC->isNullValue())
|
|
if (IC->isEquality() && isa<ConstantInt>(IC->getOperand(1)) &&
|
|
cast<Constant>(IC->getOperand(1))->isNullValue())
|
|
if (Instruction *ICA = dyn_cast<Instruction>(IC->getOperand(0)))
|
|
if (ICA->getOpcode() == Instruction::And &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)) &&
|
|
(ICA->getOperand(1) == TrueValC ||
|
|
ICA->getOperand(1) == FalseValC) &&
|
|
isOneBitSet(cast<ConstantInt>(ICA->getOperand(1)))) {
|
|
// Okay, now we know that everything is set up, we just don't
|
|
// know whether we have a icmp_ne or icmp_eq and whether the
|
|
// true or false val is the zero.
|
|
bool ShouldNotVal = !TrueValC->isNullValue();
|
|
ShouldNotVal ^= IC->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE;
|
|
Value *V = ICA;
|
|
if (ShouldNotVal)
|
|
V = InsertNewInstBefore(BinaryOperator::create(
|
|
Instruction::Xor, V, ICA->getOperand(1)), SI);
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, V);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
|
|
if (FCmpInst *FCI = dyn_cast<FCmpInst>(CondVal)) {
|
|
if (FCI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && FCI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
|
|
// Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
|
|
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
|
|
// Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
|
|
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
|
|
|
|
} else if (FCI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && FCI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
|
|
// Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
|
|
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_OEQ)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
|
|
// Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
|
|
if (FCI->getPredicate() == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See if we are selecting two values based on a comparison of the two values.
|
|
if (ICmpInst *ICI = dyn_cast<ICmpInst>(CondVal)) {
|
|
if (ICI->getOperand(0) == TrueVal && ICI->getOperand(1) == FalseVal) {
|
|
// Transform (X == Y) ? X : Y -> Y
|
|
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
|
|
// Transform (X != Y) ? X : Y -> X
|
|
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
|
|
|
|
} else if (ICI->getOperand(0) == FalseVal && ICI->getOperand(1) == TrueVal){
|
|
// Transform (X == Y) ? Y : X -> X
|
|
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_EQ)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, FalseVal);
|
|
// Transform (X != Y) ? Y : X -> Y
|
|
if (ICI->getPredicate() == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SI, TrueVal);
|
|
// NOTE: if we wanted to, this is where to detect MIN/MAX/ABS/etc.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *TI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
|
|
if (Instruction *FI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
|
|
if (TI->hasOneUse() && FI->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Instruction *AddOp = 0, *SubOp = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Turn (select C, (op X, Y), (op X, Z)) -> (op X, (select C, Y, Z))
|
|
if (TI->getOpcode() == FI->getOpcode())
|
|
if (Instruction *IV = FoldSelectOpOp(SI, TI, FI))
|
|
return IV;
|
|
|
|
// Turn select C, (X+Y), (X-Y) --> (X+(select C, Y, (-Y))). This is
|
|
// even legal for FP.
|
|
if (TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
|
|
FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
|
|
AddOp = FI; SubOp = TI;
|
|
} else if (FI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Sub &&
|
|
TI->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add) {
|
|
AddOp = TI; SubOp = FI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (AddOp) {
|
|
Value *OtherAddOp = 0;
|
|
if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(0)) {
|
|
OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(1);
|
|
} else if (SubOp->getOperand(0) == AddOp->getOperand(1)) {
|
|
OtherAddOp = AddOp->getOperand(0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (OtherAddOp) {
|
|
// So at this point we know we have (Y -> OtherAddOp):
|
|
// select C, (add X, Y), (sub X, Z)
|
|
Value *NegVal; // Compute -Z
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SubOp->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
NegVal = ConstantExpr::getNeg(C);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NegVal = InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
BinaryOperator::createNeg(SubOp->getOperand(1), "tmp"), SI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *NewTrueOp = OtherAddOp;
|
|
Value *NewFalseOp = NegVal;
|
|
if (AddOp != TI)
|
|
std::swap(NewTrueOp, NewFalseOp);
|
|
Instruction *NewSel =
|
|
new SelectInst(CondVal, NewTrueOp,NewFalseOp,SI.getName()+".p");
|
|
|
|
NewSel = InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::createAdd(SubOp->getOperand(0), NewSel);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See if we can fold the select into one of our operands.
|
|
if (SI.getType()->isInteger()) {
|
|
// See the comment above GetSelectFoldableOperands for a description of the
|
|
// transformation we are doing here.
|
|
if (Instruction *TVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(TrueVal))
|
|
if (TVI->hasOneUse() && TVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
|
|
!isa<Constant>(FalseVal))
|
|
if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(TVI)) {
|
|
unsigned OpToFold = 0;
|
|
if ((SFO & 1) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(0)) {
|
|
OpToFold = 1;
|
|
} else if ((SFO & 2) && FalseVal == TVI->getOperand(1)) {
|
|
OpToFold = 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (OpToFold) {
|
|
Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(TVI);
|
|
std::string Name = TVI->getName(); TVI->setName("");
|
|
Instruction *NewSel =
|
|
new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), TVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold), C,
|
|
Name);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(TVI))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
|
|
else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(TVI))
|
|
return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), FalseVal, NewSel);
|
|
else {
|
|
assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *FVI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(FalseVal))
|
|
if (FVI->hasOneUse() && FVI->getNumOperands() == 2 &&
|
|
!isa<Constant>(TrueVal))
|
|
if (unsigned SFO = GetSelectFoldableOperands(FVI)) {
|
|
unsigned OpToFold = 0;
|
|
if ((SFO & 1) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(0)) {
|
|
OpToFold = 1;
|
|
} else if ((SFO & 2) && TrueVal == FVI->getOperand(1)) {
|
|
OpToFold = 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (OpToFold) {
|
|
Constant *C = GetSelectFoldableConstant(FVI);
|
|
std::string Name = FVI->getName(); FVI->setName("");
|
|
Instruction *NewSel =
|
|
new SelectInst(SI.getCondition(), C, FVI->getOperand(2-OpToFold),
|
|
Name);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewSel, SI);
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FVI))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
|
|
else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FVI))
|
|
return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), TrueVal, NewSel);
|
|
else {
|
|
assert(0 && "Unknown instruction!!");
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator::isNot(CondVal)) {
|
|
SI.setOperand(0, BinaryOperator::getNotArgument(CondVal));
|
|
SI.setOperand(1, FalseVal);
|
|
SI.setOperand(2, TrueVal);
|
|
return &SI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// GetKnownAlignment - If the specified pointer has an alignment that we can
|
|
/// determine, return it, otherwise return 0.
|
|
static unsigned GetKnownAlignment(Value *V, TargetData *TD) {
|
|
if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(V)) {
|
|
unsigned Align = GV->getAlignment();
|
|
if (Align == 0 && TD)
|
|
Align = TD->getTypeAlignmentPref(GV->getType()->getElementType());
|
|
return Align;
|
|
} else if (AllocationInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocationInst>(V)) {
|
|
unsigned Align = AI->getAlignment();
|
|
if (Align == 0 && TD) {
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI))
|
|
Align = TD->getTypeAlignmentPref(AI->getType()->getElementType());
|
|
else if (isa<MallocInst>(AI)) {
|
|
// Malloc returns maximally aligned memory.
|
|
Align = TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(AI->getType()->getElementType());
|
|
Align =
|
|
std::max(Align,
|
|
(unsigned)TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(Type::DoubleTy));
|
|
Align =
|
|
std::max(Align,
|
|
(unsigned)TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(Type::Int64Ty));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return Align;
|
|
} else if (isa<BitCastInst>(V) ||
|
|
(isa<ConstantExpr>(V) &&
|
|
cast<ConstantExpr>(V)->getOpcode() == Instruction::BitCast)) {
|
|
User *CI = cast<User>(V);
|
|
if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType()))
|
|
return GetKnownAlignment(CI->getOperand(0), TD);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(V) ||
|
|
(isa<ConstantExpr>(V) &&
|
|
cast<ConstantExpr>(V)->getOpcode()==Instruction::GetElementPtr)) {
|
|
User *GEPI = cast<User>(V);
|
|
unsigned BaseAlignment = GetKnownAlignment(GEPI->getOperand(0), TD);
|
|
if (BaseAlignment == 0) return 0;
|
|
|
|
// If all indexes are zero, it is just the alignment of the base pointer.
|
|
bool AllZeroOperands = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEPI->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<Constant>(GEPI->getOperand(i)) ||
|
|
!cast<Constant>(GEPI->getOperand(i))->isNullValue()) {
|
|
AllZeroOperands = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (AllZeroOperands)
|
|
return BaseAlignment;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, if the base alignment is >= the alignment we expect for the
|
|
// base pointer type, then we know that the resultant pointer is aligned at
|
|
// least as much as its type requires.
|
|
if (!TD) return 0;
|
|
|
|
const Type *BasePtrTy = GEPI->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
const PointerType *PtrTy = cast<PointerType>(BasePtrTy);
|
|
if (TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(PtrTy->getElementType())
|
|
<= BaseAlignment) {
|
|
const Type *GEPTy = GEPI->getType();
|
|
const PointerType *GEPPtrTy = cast<PointerType>(GEPTy);
|
|
return TD->getTypeAlignmentABI(GEPPtrTy->getElementType());
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// visitCallInst - CallInst simplification. This mostly only handles folding
|
|
/// of intrinsic instructions. For normal calls, it allows visitCallSite to do
|
|
/// the heavy lifting.
|
|
///
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallInst(CallInst &CI) {
|
|
IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(&CI);
|
|
if (!II) return visitCallSite(&CI);
|
|
|
|
// Intrinsics cannot occur in an invoke, so handle them here instead of in
|
|
// visitCallSite.
|
|
if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(II)) {
|
|
bool Changed = false;
|
|
|
|
// memmove/cpy/set of zero bytes is a noop.
|
|
if (Constant *NumBytes = dyn_cast<Constant>(MI->getLength())) {
|
|
if (NumBytes->isNullValue()) return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(NumBytes))
|
|
if (CI->getZExtValue() == 1) {
|
|
// Replace the instruction with just byte operations. We would
|
|
// transform other cases to loads/stores, but we don't know if
|
|
// alignment is sufficient.
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have a memmove and the source operation is a constant global,
|
|
// then the source and dest pointers can't alias, so we can change this
|
|
// into a call to memcpy.
|
|
if (MemMoveInst *MMI = dyn_cast<MemMoveInst>(II)) {
|
|
if (GlobalVariable *GVSrc = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(MMI->getSource()))
|
|
if (GVSrc->isConstant()) {
|
|
Module *M = CI.getParent()->getParent()->getParent();
|
|
const char *Name;
|
|
if (CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType()->getParamType(2) ==
|
|
Type::Int32Ty)
|
|
Name = "llvm.memcpy.i32";
|
|
else
|
|
Name = "llvm.memcpy.i64";
|
|
Constant *MemCpy = M->getOrInsertFunction(Name,
|
|
CI.getCalledFunction()->getFunctionType());
|
|
CI.setOperand(0, MemCpy);
|
|
Changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we can determine a pointer alignment that is bigger than currently
|
|
// set, update the alignment.
|
|
if (isa<MemCpyInst>(MI) || isa<MemMoveInst>(MI)) {
|
|
unsigned Alignment1 = GetKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(1), TD);
|
|
unsigned Alignment2 = GetKnownAlignment(MI->getOperand(2), TD);
|
|
unsigned Align = std::min(Alignment1, Alignment2);
|
|
if (MI->getAlignment()->getZExtValue() < Align) {
|
|
MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Align));
|
|
Changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (isa<MemSetInst>(MI)) {
|
|
unsigned Alignment = GetKnownAlignment(MI->getDest(), TD);
|
|
if (MI->getAlignment()->getZExtValue() < Alignment) {
|
|
MI->setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Alignment));
|
|
Changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Changed) return II;
|
|
} else {
|
|
switch (II->getIntrinsicID()) {
|
|
default: break;
|
|
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvx:
|
|
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_lvxl:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_loadu_ps:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_pd:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_loadu_dq:
|
|
// Turn PPC lvx -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
|
|
// Turn X86 loadups -> load if the pointer is known aligned.
|
|
if (GetKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), TD) >= 16) {
|
|
Value *Ptr = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, II->getOperand(1),
|
|
PointerType::get(II->getType()), CI);
|
|
return new LoadInst(Ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvx:
|
|
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_stvxl:
|
|
// Turn stvx -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
|
|
if (GetKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(2), TD) >= 16) {
|
|
const Type *OpPtrTy = PointerType::get(II->getOperand(1)->getType());
|
|
Value *Ptr = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, II->getOperand(2),
|
|
OpPtrTy, CI);
|
|
return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(1), Ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_storeu_ps:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_pd:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storeu_dq:
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse2_storel_dq:
|
|
// Turn X86 storeu -> store if the pointer is known aligned.
|
|
if (GetKnownAlignment(II->getOperand(1), TD) >= 16) {
|
|
const Type *OpPtrTy = PointerType::get(II->getOperand(2)->getType());
|
|
Value *Ptr = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, II->getOperand(1),
|
|
OpPtrTy, CI);
|
|
return new StoreInst(II->getOperand(2), Ptr);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Intrinsic::x86_sse_cvttss2si: {
|
|
// These intrinsics only demands the 0th element of its input vector. If
|
|
// we can simplify the input based on that, do so now.
|
|
uint64_t UndefElts;
|
|
if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(II->getOperand(1), 1,
|
|
UndefElts)) {
|
|
II->setOperand(1, V);
|
|
return II;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
case Intrinsic::ppc_altivec_vperm:
|
|
// Turn vperm(V1,V2,mask) -> shuffle(V1,V2,mask) if mask is a constant.
|
|
if (ConstantPacked *Mask = dyn_cast<ConstantPacked>(II->getOperand(3))) {
|
|
assert(Mask->getNumOperands() == 16 && "Bad type for intrinsic!");
|
|
|
|
// Check that all of the elements are integer constants or undefs.
|
|
bool AllEltsOk = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i)) &&
|
|
!isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i))) {
|
|
AllEltsOk = false;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (AllEltsOk) {
|
|
// Cast the input vectors to byte vectors.
|
|
Value *Op0 = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
|
|
II->getOperand(1), Mask->getType(), CI);
|
|
Value *Op1 = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast,
|
|
II->getOperand(2), Mask->getType(), CI);
|
|
Value *Result = UndefValue::get(Op0->getType());
|
|
|
|
// Only extract each element once.
|
|
Value *ExtractedElts[32];
|
|
memset(ExtractedElts, 0, sizeof(ExtractedElts));
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != 16; ++i) {
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Mask->getOperand(i)))
|
|
continue;
|
|
unsigned Idx =cast<ConstantInt>(Mask->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue();
|
|
Idx &= 31; // Match the hardware behavior.
|
|
|
|
if (ExtractedElts[Idx] == 0) {
|
|
Instruction *Elt =
|
|
new ExtractElementInst(Idx < 16 ? Op0 : Op1, Idx&15, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Elt, CI);
|
|
ExtractedElts[Idx] = Elt;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Insert this value into the result vector.
|
|
Result = new InsertElementInst(Result, ExtractedElts[Idx], i,"tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Result), CI);
|
|
}
|
|
return CastInst::create(Instruction::BitCast, Result, CI.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case Intrinsic::stackrestore: {
|
|
// If the save is right next to the restore, remove the restore. This can
|
|
// happen when variable allocas are DCE'd.
|
|
if (IntrinsicInst *SS = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(II->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
if (SS->getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::stacksave) {
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator BI = SS;
|
|
if (&*++BI == II)
|
|
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the stack restore is in a return/unwind block and if there are no
|
|
// allocas or calls between the restore and the return, nuke the restore.
|
|
TerminatorInst *TI = II->getParent()->getTerminator();
|
|
if (isa<ReturnInst>(TI) || isa<UnwindInst>(TI)) {
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator BI = II;
|
|
bool CannotRemove = false;
|
|
for (++BI; &*BI != TI; ++BI) {
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(BI) ||
|
|
(isa<CallInst>(BI) && !isa<IntrinsicInst>(BI))) {
|
|
CannotRemove = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (!CannotRemove)
|
|
return EraseInstFromFunction(CI);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return visitCallSite(II);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// InvokeInst simplification
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInvokeInst(InvokeInst &II) {
|
|
return visitCallSite(&II);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// visitCallSite - Improvements for call and invoke instructions.
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitCallSite(CallSite CS) {
|
|
bool Changed = false;
|
|
|
|
// If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function, attempt to move the cast
|
|
// to the arguments of the call/invoke.
|
|
if (transformConstExprCastCall(CS)) return 0;
|
|
|
|
Value *Callee = CS.getCalledValue();
|
|
|
|
if (Function *CalleeF = dyn_cast<Function>(Callee))
|
|
if (CalleeF->getCallingConv() != CS.getCallingConv()) {
|
|
Instruction *OldCall = CS.getInstruction();
|
|
// If the call and callee calling conventions don't match, this call must
|
|
// be unreachable, as the call is undefined.
|
|
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(),
|
|
UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::Int1Ty)), OldCall);
|
|
if (!OldCall->use_empty())
|
|
OldCall->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(OldCall->getType()));
|
|
if (isa<CallInst>(OldCall)) // Not worth removing an invoke here.
|
|
return EraseInstFromFunction(*OldCall);
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Callee) || isa<UndefValue>(Callee)) {
|
|
// This instruction is not reachable, just remove it. We insert a store to
|
|
// undef so that we know that this code is not reachable, despite the fact
|
|
// that we can't modify the CFG here.
|
|
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(),
|
|
UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::Int1Ty)),
|
|
CS.getInstruction());
|
|
|
|
if (!CS.getInstruction()->use_empty())
|
|
CS.getInstruction()->
|
|
replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(CS.getInstruction()->getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(CS.getInstruction())) {
|
|
// Don't break the CFG, insert a dummy cond branch.
|
|
new BranchInst(II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
|
|
ConstantInt::getTrue(), II);
|
|
}
|
|
return EraseInstFromFunction(*CS.getInstruction());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
const PointerType *PTy = cast<PointerType>(Callee->getType());
|
|
const FunctionType *FTy = cast<FunctionType>(PTy->getElementType());
|
|
if (FTy->isVarArg()) {
|
|
// See if we can optimize any arguments passed through the varargs area of
|
|
// the call.
|
|
for (CallSite::arg_iterator I = CS.arg_begin()+FTy->getNumParams(),
|
|
E = CS.arg_end(); I != E; ++I)
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(*I)) {
|
|
// If this cast does not effect the value passed through the varargs
|
|
// area, we can eliminate the use of the cast.
|
|
Value *Op = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (CI->isLosslessCast()) {
|
|
*I = Op;
|
|
Changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed ? CS.getInstruction() : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// transformConstExprCastCall - If the callee is a constexpr cast of a function,
|
|
// attempt to move the cast to the arguments of the call/invoke.
|
|
//
|
|
bool InstCombiner::transformConstExprCastCall(CallSite CS) {
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue())) return false;
|
|
ConstantExpr *CE = cast<ConstantExpr>(CS.getCalledValue());
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() != Instruction::BitCast ||
|
|
!isa<Function>(CE->getOperand(0)))
|
|
return false;
|
|
Function *Callee = cast<Function>(CE->getOperand(0));
|
|
Instruction *Caller = CS.getInstruction();
|
|
|
|
// Okay, this is a cast from a function to a different type. Unless doing so
|
|
// would cause a type conversion of one of our arguments, change this call to
|
|
// be a direct call with arguments casted to the appropriate types.
|
|
//
|
|
const FunctionType *FT = Callee->getFunctionType();
|
|
const Type *OldRetTy = Caller->getType();
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if we are changing the return type...
|
|
if (OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType()) {
|
|
if (Callee->isExternal() && !Caller->use_empty() &&
|
|
OldRetTy != FT->getReturnType() &&
|
|
// Conversion is ok if changing from pointer to int of same size.
|
|
!(isa<PointerType>(FT->getReturnType()) &&
|
|
TD->getIntPtrType() == OldRetTy))
|
|
return false; // Cannot transform this return value.
|
|
|
|
// If the callsite is an invoke instruction, and the return value is used by
|
|
// a PHI node in a successor, we cannot change the return type of the call
|
|
// because there is no place to put the cast instruction (without breaking
|
|
// the critical edge). Bail out in this case.
|
|
if (!Caller->use_empty())
|
|
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller))
|
|
for (Value::use_iterator UI = II->use_begin(), E = II->use_end();
|
|
UI != E; ++UI)
|
|
if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(*UI))
|
|
if (PN->getParent() == II->getNormalDest() ||
|
|
PN->getParent() == II->getUnwindDest())
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
unsigned NumActualArgs = unsigned(CS.arg_end()-CS.arg_begin());
|
|
unsigned NumCommonArgs = std::min(FT->getNumParams(), NumActualArgs);
|
|
|
|
CallSite::arg_iterator AI = CS.arg_begin();
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NumCommonArgs; i != e; ++i, ++AI) {
|
|
const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
|
|
const Type *ActTy = (*AI)->getType();
|
|
ConstantInt *c = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(*AI);
|
|
//Either we can cast directly, or we can upconvert the argument
|
|
bool isConvertible = ActTy == ParamTy ||
|
|
(isa<PointerType>(ParamTy) && isa<PointerType>(ActTy)) ||
|
|
(ParamTy->isInteger() && ActTy->isInteger() &&
|
|
ParamTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= ActTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()) ||
|
|
(c && ParamTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= ActTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits()
|
|
&& c->getSExtValue() > 0);
|
|
if (Callee->isExternal() && !isConvertible) return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs && !FT->isVarArg() &&
|
|
Callee->isExternal())
|
|
return false; // Do not delete arguments unless we have a function body...
|
|
|
|
// Okay, we decided that this is a safe thing to do: go ahead and start
|
|
// inserting cast instructions as necessary...
|
|
std::vector<Value*> Args;
|
|
Args.reserve(NumActualArgs);
|
|
|
|
AI = CS.arg_begin();
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumCommonArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
|
|
const Type *ParamTy = FT->getParamType(i);
|
|
if ((*AI)->getType() == ParamTy) {
|
|
Args.push_back(*AI);
|
|
} else {
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI,
|
|
false, ParamTy, false);
|
|
CastInst *NewCast = CastInst::create(opcode, *AI, ParamTy, "tmp");
|
|
Args.push_back(InsertNewInstBefore(NewCast, *Caller));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the function takes more arguments than the call was taking, add them
|
|
// now...
|
|
for (unsigned i = NumCommonArgs; i != FT->getNumParams(); ++i)
|
|
Args.push_back(Constant::getNullValue(FT->getParamType(i)));
|
|
|
|
// If we are removing arguments to the function, emit an obnoxious warning...
|
|
if (FT->getNumParams() < NumActualArgs)
|
|
if (!FT->isVarArg()) {
|
|
cerr << "WARNING: While resolving call to function '"
|
|
<< Callee->getName() << "' arguments were dropped!\n";
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Add all of the arguments in their promoted form to the arg list...
|
|
for (unsigned i = FT->getNumParams(); i != NumActualArgs; ++i, ++AI) {
|
|
const Type *PTy = getPromotedType((*AI)->getType());
|
|
if (PTy != (*AI)->getType()) {
|
|
// Must promote to pass through va_arg area!
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(*AI, false,
|
|
PTy, false);
|
|
Instruction *Cast = CastInst::create(opcode, *AI, PTy, "tmp");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(Cast, *Caller);
|
|
Args.push_back(Cast);
|
|
} else {
|
|
Args.push_back(*AI);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (FT->getReturnType() == Type::VoidTy)
|
|
Caller->setName(""); // Void type should not have a name...
|
|
|
|
Instruction *NC;
|
|
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
|
|
NC = new InvokeInst(Callee, II->getNormalDest(), II->getUnwindDest(),
|
|
Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
|
|
cast<InvokeInst>(II)->setCallingConv(II->getCallingConv());
|
|
} else {
|
|
NC = new CallInst(Callee, Args, Caller->getName(), Caller);
|
|
if (cast<CallInst>(Caller)->isTailCall())
|
|
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setTailCall();
|
|
cast<CallInst>(NC)->setCallingConv(cast<CallInst>(Caller)->getCallingConv());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Insert a cast of the return type as necessary...
|
|
Value *NV = NC;
|
|
if (Caller->getType() != NV->getType() && !Caller->use_empty()) {
|
|
if (NV->getType() != Type::VoidTy) {
|
|
const Type *CallerTy = Caller->getType();
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode = CastInst::getCastOpcode(NC, false,
|
|
CallerTy, false);
|
|
NV = NC = CastInst::create(opcode, NC, CallerTy, "tmp");
|
|
|
|
// If this is an invoke instruction, we should insert it after the first
|
|
// non-phi, instruction in the normal successor block.
|
|
if (InvokeInst *II = dyn_cast<InvokeInst>(Caller)) {
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator I = II->getNormalDest()->begin();
|
|
while (isa<PHINode>(I)) ++I;
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *I);
|
|
} else {
|
|
// Otherwise, it's a call, just insert cast right after the call instr
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NC, *Caller);
|
|
}
|
|
AddUsersToWorkList(*Caller);
|
|
} else {
|
|
NV = UndefValue::get(Caller->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Caller->getType() != Type::VoidTy && !Caller->use_empty())
|
|
Caller->replaceAllUsesWith(NV);
|
|
Caller->getParent()->getInstList().erase(Caller);
|
|
removeFromWorkList(Caller);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI - If we have something like phi [add (a,b), add(c,d)]
|
|
/// and if a/b/c/d and the add's all have a single use, turn this into two phi's
|
|
/// and a single binop.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
|
|
Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
|
|
assert(isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst) ||
|
|
isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst) || isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst));
|
|
unsigned Opc = FirstInst->getOpcode();
|
|
Value *LHSVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *RHSVal = FirstInst->getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
const Type *LHSType = LHSVal->getType();
|
|
const Type *RHSType = RHSVal->getType();
|
|
|
|
// Scan to see if all operands are the same opcode, all have one use, and all
|
|
// kill their operands (i.e. the operands have one use).
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != PN.getNumIncomingValues(); ++i) {
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
|
|
if (!I || I->getOpcode() != Opc || !I->hasOneUse() ||
|
|
// Verify type of the LHS matches so we don't fold cmp's of different
|
|
// types or GEP's with different index types.
|
|
I->getOperand(0)->getType() != LHSType ||
|
|
I->getOperand(1)->getType() != RHSType)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// If they are CmpInst instructions, check their predicates
|
|
if (Opc == Instruction::ICmp || Opc == Instruction::FCmp)
|
|
if (cast<CmpInst>(I)->getPredicate() !=
|
|
cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst)->getPredicate())
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
// Keep track of which operand needs a phi node.
|
|
if (I->getOperand(0) != LHSVal) LHSVal = 0;
|
|
if (I->getOperand(1) != RHSVal) RHSVal = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, this is safe to transform, determine if it is profitable.
|
|
|
|
// If this is a GEP, and if the index (not the pointer) needs a PHI, bail out.
|
|
// Indexes are often folded into load/store instructions, so we don't want to
|
|
// hide them behind a phi.
|
|
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst) && RHSVal == 0)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
Value *InLHS = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *InRHS = FirstInst->getOperand(1);
|
|
PHINode *NewLHS = 0, *NewRHS = 0;
|
|
if (LHSVal == 0) {
|
|
NewLHS = new PHINode(LHSType, FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getName()+".pn");
|
|
NewLHS->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
|
|
NewLHS->addIncoming(InLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewLHS, PN);
|
|
LHSVal = NewLHS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (RHSVal == 0) {
|
|
NewRHS = new PHINode(RHSType, FirstInst->getOperand(1)->getName()+".pn");
|
|
NewRHS->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
|
|
NewRHS->addIncoming(InRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewRHS, PN);
|
|
RHSVal = NewRHS;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Add all operands to the new PHIs.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (NewLHS) {
|
|
Value *NewInLHS =cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
|
|
NewLHS->addIncoming(NewInLHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
|
|
}
|
|
if (NewRHS) {
|
|
Value *NewInRHS =cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(1);
|
|
NewRHS->addIncoming(NewInRHS, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), LHSVal, RHSVal);
|
|
else if (CmpInst *CIOp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst))
|
|
return CmpInst::create(CIOp->getOpcode(), CIOp->getPredicate(), LHSVal,
|
|
RHSVal);
|
|
else if (ShiftInst *SI = dyn_cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst))
|
|
return new ShiftInst(SI->getOpcode(), LHSVal, RHSVal);
|
|
else {
|
|
assert(isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst));
|
|
return new GetElementPtrInst(LHSVal, RHSVal);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// isSafeToSinkLoad - Return true if we know that it is safe sink the load out
|
|
/// of the block that defines it. This means that it must be obvious the value
|
|
/// of the load is not changed from the point of the load to the end of the
|
|
/// block it is in.
|
|
static bool isSafeToSinkLoad(LoadInst *L) {
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = L, E = L->getParent()->end();
|
|
|
|
for (++BBI; BBI != E; ++BBI)
|
|
if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
|
|
return false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
// FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI - If all operands to a PHI node are the same "unary"
|
|
// operator and they all are only used by the PHI, PHI together their
|
|
// inputs, and do the operation once, to the result of the PHI.
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PHINode &PN) {
|
|
Instruction *FirstInst = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0));
|
|
|
|
// Scan the instruction, looking for input operations that can be folded away.
|
|
// If all input operands to the phi are the same instruction (e.g. a cast from
|
|
// the same type or "+42") we can pull the operation through the PHI, reducing
|
|
// code size and simplifying code.
|
|
Constant *ConstantOp = 0;
|
|
const Type *CastSrcTy = 0;
|
|
bool isVolatile = false;
|
|
if (isa<CastInst>(FirstInst)) {
|
|
CastSrcTy = FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
} else if (isa<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst) || isa<ShiftInst>(FirstInst) ||
|
|
isa<CmpInst>(FirstInst)) {
|
|
// Can fold binop, compare or shift here if the RHS is a constant,
|
|
// otherwise call FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI.
|
|
ConstantOp = dyn_cast<Constant>(FirstInst->getOperand(1));
|
|
if (ConstantOp == 0)
|
|
return FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PN);
|
|
} else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(FirstInst)) {
|
|
isVolatile = LI->isVolatile();
|
|
// We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between the
|
|
// load and the PHI.
|
|
if (LI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(0) ||
|
|
!isSafeToSinkLoad(LI))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(FirstInst)) {
|
|
if (FirstInst->getNumOperands() == 2)
|
|
return FoldPHIArgBinOpIntoPHI(PN);
|
|
// Can't handle general GEPs yet.
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else {
|
|
return 0; // Cannot fold this operation.
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if all arguments are the same operation.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (!isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))) return 0;
|
|
Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i));
|
|
if (!I->hasOneUse() || !I->isSameOperationAs(FirstInst))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
if (CastSrcTy) {
|
|
if (I->getOperand(0)->getType() != CastSrcTy)
|
|
return 0; // Cast operation must match.
|
|
} else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
|
|
// We can't sink the load if the loaded value could be modified between
|
|
// the load and the PHI.
|
|
if (LI->isVolatile() != isVolatile ||
|
|
LI->getParent() != PN.getIncomingBlock(i) ||
|
|
!isSafeToSinkLoad(LI))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
} else if (I->getOperand(1) != ConstantOp) {
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Okay, they are all the same operation. Create a new PHI node of the
|
|
// correct type, and PHI together all of the LHS's of the instructions.
|
|
PHINode *NewPN = new PHINode(FirstInst->getOperand(0)->getType(),
|
|
PN.getName()+".in");
|
|
NewPN->reserveOperandSpace(PN.getNumOperands()/2);
|
|
|
|
Value *InVal = FirstInst->getOperand(0);
|
|
NewPN->addIncoming(InVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(0));
|
|
|
|
// Add all operands to the new PHI.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
Value *NewInVal = cast<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(i))->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (NewInVal != InVal)
|
|
InVal = 0;
|
|
NewPN->addIncoming(NewInVal, PN.getIncomingBlock(i));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Value *PhiVal;
|
|
if (InVal) {
|
|
// The new PHI unions all of the same values together. This is really
|
|
// common, so we handle it intelligently here for compile-time speed.
|
|
PhiVal = InVal;
|
|
delete NewPN;
|
|
} else {
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(NewPN, PN);
|
|
PhiVal = NewPN;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Insert and return the new operation.
|
|
if (CastInst* FirstCI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(FirstInst))
|
|
return CastInst::create(FirstCI->getOpcode(), PhiVal, PN.getType());
|
|
else if (isa<LoadInst>(FirstInst))
|
|
return new LoadInst(PhiVal, "", isVolatile);
|
|
else if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(FirstInst))
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BinOp->getOpcode(), PhiVal, ConstantOp);
|
|
else if (CmpInst *CIOp = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(FirstInst))
|
|
return CmpInst::create(CIOp->getOpcode(), CIOp->getPredicate(),
|
|
PhiVal, ConstantOp);
|
|
else
|
|
return new ShiftInst(cast<ShiftInst>(FirstInst)->getOpcode(),
|
|
PhiVal, ConstantOp);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// DeadPHICycle - Return true if this PHI node is only used by a PHI node cycle
|
|
/// that is dead.
|
|
static bool DeadPHICycle(PHINode *PN, std::set<PHINode*> &PotentiallyDeadPHIs) {
|
|
if (PN->use_empty()) return true;
|
|
if (!PN->hasOneUse()) return false;
|
|
|
|
// Remember this node, and if we find the cycle, return.
|
|
if (!PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(PN).second)
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PN->use_back()))
|
|
return DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs);
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// PHINode simplification
|
|
//
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
|
|
// If LCSSA is around, don't mess with Phi nodes
|
|
if (mustPreserveAnalysisID(LCSSAID)) return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (Value *V = PN.hasConstantValue())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, V);
|
|
|
|
// If all PHI operands are the same operation, pull them through the PHI,
|
|
// reducing code size.
|
|
if (isa<Instruction>(PN.getIncomingValue(0)) &&
|
|
PN.getIncomingValue(0)->hasOneUse())
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = FoldPHIArgOpIntoPHI(PN))
|
|
return Result;
|
|
|
|
// If this is a trivial cycle in the PHI node graph, remove it. Basically, if
|
|
// this PHI only has a single use (a PHI), and if that PHI only has one use (a
|
|
// PHI)... break the cycle.
|
|
if (PN.hasOneUse()) {
|
|
Instruction *PHIUser = cast<Instruction>(PN.use_back());
|
|
if (PHINode *PU = dyn_cast<PHINode>(PHIUser)) {
|
|
std::set<PHINode*> PotentiallyDeadPHIs;
|
|
PotentiallyDeadPHIs.insert(&PN);
|
|
if (DeadPHICycle(PU, PotentiallyDeadPHIs))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this phi has a single use, and if that use just computes a value for
|
|
// the next iteration of a loop, delete the phi. This occurs with unused
|
|
// induction variables, e.g. "for (int j = 0; ; ++j);". Detecting this
|
|
// common case here is good because the only other things that catch this
|
|
// are induction variable analysis (sometimes) and ADCE, which is only run
|
|
// late.
|
|
if (PHIUser->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
(isa<BinaryOperator>(PHIUser) || isa<GetElementPtrInst>(PHIUser)) &&
|
|
PHIUser->use_back() == &PN) {
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(PN, UndefValue::get(PN.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static Value *InsertCastToIntPtrTy(Value *V, const Type *DTy,
|
|
Instruction *InsertPoint,
|
|
InstCombiner *IC) {
|
|
unsigned PtrSize = DTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
unsigned VTySize = V->getType()->getPrimitiveSizeInBits();
|
|
// We must cast correctly to the pointer type. Ensure that we
|
|
// sign extend the integer value if it is smaller as this is
|
|
// used for address computation.
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode =
|
|
(VTySize < PtrSize ? Instruction::SExt :
|
|
(VTySize == PtrSize ? Instruction::BitCast : Instruction::Trunc));
|
|
return IC->InsertCastBefore(opcode, V, DTy, *InsertPoint);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEP) {
|
|
Value *PtrOp = GEP.getOperand(0);
|
|
// Is it 'getelementptr %P, long 0' or 'getelementptr %P'
|
|
// If so, eliminate the noop.
|
|
if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 1)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(GEP.getOperand(0)))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, UndefValue::get(GEP.getType()));
|
|
|
|
bool HasZeroPointerIndex = false;
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GEP.getOperand(1)))
|
|
HasZeroPointerIndex = C->isNullValue();
|
|
|
|
if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2 && HasZeroPointerIndex)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, PtrOp);
|
|
|
|
// Eliminate unneeded casts for indices.
|
|
bool MadeChange = false;
|
|
gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEP);
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = GEP.getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i, ++GTI)
|
|
if (isa<SequentialType>(*GTI)) {
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(GEP.getOperand(i))) {
|
|
if (CI->getOpcode() == Instruction::ZExt ||
|
|
CI->getOpcode() == Instruction::SExt) {
|
|
const Type *SrcTy = CI->getOperand(0)->getType();
|
|
// We can eliminate a cast from i32 to i64 iff the target
|
|
// is a 32-bit pointer target.
|
|
if (SrcTy->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() >= TD->getPointerSizeInBits()) {
|
|
MadeChange = true;
|
|
GEP.setOperand(i, CI->getOperand(0));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// If we are using a wider index than needed for this platform, shrink it
|
|
// to what we need. If the incoming value needs a cast instruction,
|
|
// insert it. This explicit cast can make subsequent optimizations more
|
|
// obvious.
|
|
Value *Op = GEP.getOperand(i);
|
|
if (TD->getTypeSize(Op->getType()) > TD->getPointerSize())
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
|
|
GEP.setOperand(i, ConstantExpr::getTrunc(C, TD->getIntPtrType()));
|
|
MadeChange = true;
|
|
} else {
|
|
Op = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::Trunc, Op, TD->getIntPtrType(),
|
|
GEP);
|
|
GEP.setOperand(i, Op);
|
|
MadeChange = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (MadeChange) return &GEP;
|
|
|
|
// Combine Indices - If the source pointer to this getelementptr instruction
|
|
// is a getelementptr instruction, combine the indices of the two
|
|
// getelementptr instructions into a single instruction.
|
|
//
|
|
std::vector<Value*> SrcGEPOperands;
|
|
if (User *Src = dyn_castGetElementPtr(PtrOp))
|
|
SrcGEPOperands.assign(Src->op_begin(), Src->op_end());
|
|
|
|
if (!SrcGEPOperands.empty()) {
|
|
// Note that if our source is a gep chain itself that we wait for that
|
|
// chain to be resolved before we perform this transformation. This
|
|
// avoids us creating a TON of code in some cases.
|
|
//
|
|
if (isa<GetElementPtrInst>(SrcGEPOperands[0]) &&
|
|
cast<Instruction>(SrcGEPOperands[0])->getNumOperands() == 2)
|
|
return 0; // Wait until our source is folded to completion.
|
|
|
|
std::vector<Value *> Indices;
|
|
|
|
// Find out whether the last index in the source GEP is a sequential idx.
|
|
bool EndsWithSequential = false;
|
|
for (gep_type_iterator I = gep_type_begin(*cast<User>(PtrOp)),
|
|
E = gep_type_end(*cast<User>(PtrOp)); I != E; ++I)
|
|
EndsWithSequential = !isa<StructType>(*I);
|
|
|
|
// Can we combine the two pointer arithmetics offsets?
|
|
if (EndsWithSequential) {
|
|
// Replace: gep (gep %P, long B), long A, ...
|
|
// With: T = long A+B; gep %P, T, ...
|
|
//
|
|
Value *Sum, *SO1 = SrcGEPOperands.back(), *GO1 = GEP.getOperand(1);
|
|
if (SO1 == Constant::getNullValue(SO1->getType())) {
|
|
Sum = GO1;
|
|
} else if (GO1 == Constant::getNullValue(GO1->getType())) {
|
|
Sum = SO1;
|
|
} else {
|
|
// If they aren't the same type, convert both to an integer of the
|
|
// target's pointer size.
|
|
if (SO1->getType() != GO1->getType()) {
|
|
if (Constant *SO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SO1)) {
|
|
SO1 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(SO1C, GO1->getType(), true);
|
|
} else if (Constant *GO1C = dyn_cast<Constant>(GO1)) {
|
|
GO1 = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(GO1C, SO1->getType(), true);
|
|
} else {
|
|
unsigned PS = TD->getPointerSize();
|
|
if (TD->getTypeSize(SO1->getType()) == PS) {
|
|
// Convert GO1 to SO1's type.
|
|
GO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(GO1, SO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
|
|
|
|
} else if (TD->getTypeSize(GO1->getType()) == PS) {
|
|
// Convert SO1 to GO1's type.
|
|
SO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(SO1, GO1->getType(), &GEP, this);
|
|
} else {
|
|
const Type *PT = TD->getIntPtrType();
|
|
SO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(SO1, PT, &GEP, this);
|
|
GO1 = InsertCastToIntPtrTy(GO1, PT, &GEP, this);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(SO1) && isa<Constant>(GO1))
|
|
Sum = ConstantExpr::getAdd(cast<Constant>(SO1), cast<Constant>(GO1));
|
|
else {
|
|
Sum = BinaryOperator::createAdd(SO1, GO1, PtrOp->getName()+".sum");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(cast<Instruction>(Sum), GEP);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Recycle the GEP we already have if possible.
|
|
if (SrcGEPOperands.size() == 2) {
|
|
GEP.setOperand(0, SrcGEPOperands[0]);
|
|
GEP.setOperand(1, Sum);
|
|
return &GEP;
|
|
} else {
|
|
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
|
|
SrcGEPOperands.end()-1);
|
|
Indices.push_back(Sum);
|
|
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.op_begin()+2, GEP.op_end());
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (isa<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin()) &&
|
|
cast<Constant>(*GEP.idx_begin())->isNullValue() &&
|
|
SrcGEPOperands.size() != 1) {
|
|
// Otherwise we can do the fold if the first index of the GEP is a zero
|
|
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), SrcGEPOperands.begin()+1,
|
|
SrcGEPOperands.end());
|
|
Indices.insert(Indices.end(), GEP.idx_begin()+1, GEP.idx_end());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!Indices.empty())
|
|
return new GetElementPtrInst(SrcGEPOperands[0], Indices, GEP.getName());
|
|
|
|
} else if (GlobalValue *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalValue>(PtrOp)) {
|
|
// GEP of global variable. If all of the indices for this GEP are
|
|
// constants, we can promote this to a constexpr instead of an instruction.
|
|
|
|
// Scan for nonconstants...
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Indices;
|
|
User::op_iterator I = GEP.idx_begin(), E = GEP.idx_end();
|
|
for (; I != E && isa<Constant>(*I); ++I)
|
|
Indices.push_back(cast<Constant>(*I));
|
|
|
|
if (I == E) { // If they are all constants...
|
|
Constant *CE = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(GV, Indices);
|
|
|
|
// Replace all uses of the GEP with the new constexpr...
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(GEP, CE);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (Value *X = getBitCastOperand(PtrOp)) { // Is the operand a cast?
|
|
if (!isa<PointerType>(X->getType())) {
|
|
// Not interesting. Source pointer must be a cast from pointer.
|
|
} else if (HasZeroPointerIndex) {
|
|
// transform: GEP (cast [10 x ubyte]* X to [0 x ubyte]*), long 0, ...
|
|
// into : GEP [10 x ubyte]* X, long 0, ...
|
|
//
|
|
// This occurs when the program declares an array extern like "int X[];"
|
|
//
|
|
const PointerType *CPTy = cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType());
|
|
const PointerType *XTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType());
|
|
if (const ArrayType *XATy =
|
|
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(XTy->getElementType()))
|
|
if (const ArrayType *CATy =
|
|
dyn_cast<ArrayType>(CPTy->getElementType()))
|
|
if (CATy->getElementType() == XATy->getElementType()) {
|
|
// At this point, we know that the cast source type is a pointer
|
|
// to an array of the same type as the destination pointer
|
|
// array. Because the array type is never stepped over (there
|
|
// is a leading zero) we can fold the cast into this GEP.
|
|
GEP.setOperand(0, X);
|
|
return &GEP;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (GEP.getNumOperands() == 2) {
|
|
// Transform things like:
|
|
// %t = getelementptr ubyte* cast ([2 x int]* %str to uint*), uint %V
|
|
// into: %t1 = getelementptr [2 x int*]* %str, int 0, uint %V; cast
|
|
const Type *SrcElTy = cast<PointerType>(X->getType())->getElementType();
|
|
const Type *ResElTy=cast<PointerType>(PtrOp->getType())->getElementType();
|
|
if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
|
|
TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType()) ==
|
|
TD->getTypeSize(ResElTy)) {
|
|
Value *V = InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty),
|
|
GEP.getOperand(1), GEP.getName()), GEP);
|
|
// V and GEP are both pointer types --> BitCast
|
|
return new BitCastInst(V, GEP.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Transform things like:
|
|
// getelementptr sbyte* cast ([100 x double]* X to sbyte*), int %tmp
|
|
// (where tmp = 8*tmp2) into:
|
|
// getelementptr [100 x double]* %arr, int 0, int %tmp.2
|
|
|
|
if (isa<ArrayType>(SrcElTy) &&
|
|
(ResElTy == Type::Int8Ty || ResElTy == Type::Int8Ty)) {
|
|
uint64_t ArrayEltSize =
|
|
TD->getTypeSize(cast<ArrayType>(SrcElTy)->getElementType());
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if "tmp" is a scale by a multiple of ArrayEltSize. We
|
|
// allow either a mul, shift, or constant here.
|
|
Value *NewIdx = 0;
|
|
ConstantInt *Scale = 0;
|
|
if (ArrayEltSize == 1) {
|
|
NewIdx = GEP.getOperand(1);
|
|
Scale = ConstantInt::get(NewIdx->getType(), 1);
|
|
} else if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GEP.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
NewIdx = ConstantInt::get(CI->getType(), 1);
|
|
Scale = CI;
|
|
} else if (Instruction *Inst =dyn_cast<Instruction>(GEP.getOperand(1))){
|
|
if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Shl &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
unsigned ShAmt =
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
|
|
Scale = ConstantInt::get(Inst->getType(), 1ULL << ShAmt);
|
|
NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
|
|
} else if (Inst->getOpcode() == Instruction::Mul &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
Scale = cast<ConstantInt>(Inst->getOperand(1));
|
|
NewIdx = Inst->getOperand(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the index will be to exactly the right offset with the scale taken
|
|
// out, perform the transformation.
|
|
if (Scale && Scale->getZExtValue() % ArrayEltSize == 0) {
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(Scale))
|
|
Scale = ConstantInt::get(Scale->getType(),
|
|
Scale->getZExtValue() / ArrayEltSize);
|
|
if (Scale->getZExtValue() != 1) {
|
|
Constant *C = ConstantExpr::getIntegerCast(Scale, NewIdx->getType(),
|
|
true /*SExt*/);
|
|
Instruction *Sc = BinaryOperator::createMul(NewIdx, C, "idxscale");
|
|
NewIdx = InsertNewInstBefore(Sc, GEP);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Insert the new GEP instruction.
|
|
Instruction *NewGEP =
|
|
new GetElementPtrInst(X, Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty),
|
|
NewIdx, GEP.getName());
|
|
NewGEP = InsertNewInstBefore(NewGEP, GEP);
|
|
// The NewGEP must be pointer typed, so must the old one -> BitCast
|
|
return new BitCastInst(NewGEP, GEP.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitAllocationInst(AllocationInst &AI) {
|
|
// Convert: malloc Ty, C - where C is a constant != 1 into: malloc [C x Ty], 1
|
|
if (AI.isArrayAllocation()) // Check C != 1
|
|
if (const ConstantInt *C = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(AI.getArraySize())) {
|
|
const Type *NewTy =
|
|
ArrayType::get(AI.getAllocatedType(), C->getZExtValue());
|
|
AllocationInst *New = 0;
|
|
|
|
// Create and insert the replacement instruction...
|
|
if (isa<MallocInst>(AI))
|
|
New = new MallocInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getAlignment(), AI.getName());
|
|
else {
|
|
assert(isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && "Unknown type of allocation inst!");
|
|
New = new AllocaInst(NewTy, 0, AI.getAlignment(), AI.getName());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(New, AI);
|
|
|
|
// Scan to the end of the allocation instructions, to skip over a block of
|
|
// allocas if possible...
|
|
//
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator It = New;
|
|
while (isa<AllocationInst>(*It)) ++It;
|
|
|
|
// Now that I is pointing to the first non-allocation-inst in the block,
|
|
// insert our getelementptr instruction...
|
|
//
|
|
Value *NullIdx = Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty);
|
|
Value *V = new GetElementPtrInst(New, NullIdx, NullIdx,
|
|
New->getName()+".sub", It);
|
|
|
|
// Now make everything use the getelementptr instead of the original
|
|
// allocation.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, V);
|
|
} else if (isa<UndefValue>(AI.getArraySize())) {
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If alloca'ing a zero byte object, replace the alloca with a null pointer.
|
|
// Note that we only do this for alloca's, because malloc should allocate and
|
|
// return a unique pointer, even for a zero byte allocation.
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(AI) && AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() &&
|
|
TD->getTypeSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(AI, Constant::getNullValue(AI.getType()));
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitFreeInst(FreeInst &FI) {
|
|
Value *Op = FI.getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// Change free <ty>* (cast <ty2>* X to <ty>*) into free <ty2>* X
|
|
if (CastInst *CI = dyn_cast<CastInst>(Op))
|
|
if (isa<PointerType>(CI->getOperand(0)->getType())) {
|
|
FI.setOperand(0, CI->getOperand(0));
|
|
return &FI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// free undef -> unreachable.
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Op)) {
|
|
// Insert a new store to null because we cannot modify the CFG here.
|
|
new StoreInst(ConstantInt::getTrue(),
|
|
UndefValue::get(PointerType::get(Type::Int1Ty)), &FI);
|
|
return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If we have 'free null' delete the instruction. This can happen in stl code
|
|
// when lots of inlining happens.
|
|
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Op))
|
|
return EraseInstFromFunction(FI);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// InstCombineLoadCast - Fold 'load (cast P)' -> cast (load P)' when possible.
|
|
static Instruction *InstCombineLoadCast(InstCombiner &IC, LoadInst &LI) {
|
|
User *CI = cast<User>(LI.getOperand(0));
|
|
Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
|
|
if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
|
|
const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
if ((DestPTy->isInteger() && DestPTy != Type::Int1Ty) ||
|
|
isa<PointerType>(DestPTy) || isa<PackedType>(DestPTy)) {
|
|
// If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
|
|
// see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
|
|
// constants.
|
|
if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
|
|
if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
|
|
if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
|
|
std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
|
|
SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
|
|
SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (((SrcPTy->isInteger() && SrcPTy != Type::Int1Ty) ||
|
|
isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) || isa<PackedType>(SrcPTy)) &&
|
|
// Do not allow turning this into a load of an integer, which is then
|
|
// casted to a pointer, this pessimizes pointer analysis a lot.
|
|
(isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy) == isa<PointerType>(LI.getType())) &&
|
|
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(SrcPTy) ==
|
|
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSize(DestPTy)) {
|
|
|
|
// Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
|
|
// the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before the load, cast
|
|
// the result of the loaded value.
|
|
Value *NewLoad = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(CastOp,
|
|
CI->getName(),
|
|
LI.isVolatile()),LI);
|
|
// Now cast the result of the load.
|
|
return new BitCastInst(NewLoad, LI.getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// isSafeToLoadUnconditionally - Return true if we know that executing a load
|
|
/// from this value cannot trap. If it is not obviously safe to load from the
|
|
/// specified pointer, we do a quick local scan of the basic block containing
|
|
/// ScanFrom, to determine if the address is already accessed.
|
|
static bool isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(Value *V, Instruction *ScanFrom) {
|
|
// If it is an alloca or global variable, it is always safe to load from.
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(V) || isa<GlobalVariable>(V)) return true;
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, be a little bit agressive by scanning the local block where we
|
|
// want to check to see if the pointer is already being loaded or stored
|
|
// from/to. If so, the previous load or store would have already trapped,
|
|
// so there is no harm doing an extra load (also, CSE will later eliminate
|
|
// the load entirely).
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = ScanFrom, E = ScanFrom->getParent()->begin();
|
|
|
|
while (BBI != E) {
|
|
--BBI;
|
|
|
|
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
|
|
if (LI->getOperand(0) == V) return true;
|
|
} else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
|
|
if (SI->getOperand(1) == V) return true;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
|
|
Value *Op = LI.getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
// load (cast X) --> cast (load X) iff safe
|
|
if (isa<CastInst>(Op))
|
|
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
|
|
return Res;
|
|
|
|
// None of the following transforms are legal for volatile loads.
|
|
if (LI.isVolatile()) return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (&LI.getParent()->front() != &LI) {
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &LI; --BBI;
|
|
// If the instruction immediately before this is a store to the same
|
|
// address, do a simple form of store->load forwarding.
|
|
if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI))
|
|
if (SI->getOperand(1) == LI.getOperand(0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, SI->getOperand(0));
|
|
if (LoadInst *LIB = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI))
|
|
if (LIB->getOperand(0) == LI.getOperand(0))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, LIB);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEPI = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Op))
|
|
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(GEPI->getOperand(0)) ||
|
|
isa<UndefValue>(GEPI->getOperand(0))) {
|
|
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
|
|
// that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
|
|
// an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
|
|
// CFG.
|
|
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(Op)) {
|
|
// load null/undef -> undef
|
|
if ((C->isNullValue() || isa<UndefValue>(C))) {
|
|
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate that
|
|
// this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting an
|
|
// unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the CFG.
|
|
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Instcombine load (constant global) into the value loaded.
|
|
if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(Op))
|
|
if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, GV->getInitializer());
|
|
|
|
// Instcombine load (constantexpr_GEP global, 0, ...) into the value loaded.
|
|
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Op))
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr) {
|
|
if (GlobalVariable *GV = dyn_cast<GlobalVariable>(CE->getOperand(0)))
|
|
if (GV->isConstant() && !GV->isExternal())
|
|
if (Constant *V =
|
|
ConstantFoldLoadThroughGEPConstantExpr(GV->getInitializer(), CE))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, V);
|
|
if (CE->getOperand(0)->isNullValue()) {
|
|
// Insert a new store to null instruction before the load to indicate
|
|
// that this code is not reachable. We do this instead of inserting
|
|
// an unreachable instruction directly because we cannot modify the
|
|
// CFG.
|
|
new StoreInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()),
|
|
Constant::getNullValue(Op->getType()), &LI);
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(LI, UndefValue::get(LI.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
} else if (CE->isCast()) {
|
|
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineLoadCast(*this, LI))
|
|
return Res;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Op->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Change select and PHI nodes to select values instead of addresses: this
|
|
// helps alias analysis out a lot, allows many others simplifications, and
|
|
// exposes redundancy in the code.
|
|
//
|
|
// Note that we cannot do the transformation unless we know that the
|
|
// introduced loads cannot trap! Something like this is valid as long as
|
|
// the condition is always false: load (select bool %C, int* null, int* %G),
|
|
// but it would not be valid if we transformed it to load from null
|
|
// unconditionally.
|
|
//
|
|
if (SelectInst *SI = dyn_cast<SelectInst>(Op)) {
|
|
// load (select (Cond, &V1, &V2)) --> select(Cond, load &V1, load &V2).
|
|
if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(1), SI) &&
|
|
isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(SI->getOperand(2), SI)) {
|
|
Value *V1 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(1),
|
|
SI->getOperand(1)->getName()+".val"), LI);
|
|
Value *V2 = InsertNewInstBefore(new LoadInst(SI->getOperand(2),
|
|
SI->getOperand(2)->getName()+".val"), LI);
|
|
return new SelectInst(SI->getCondition(), V1, V2);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// load (select (cond, null, P)) -> load P
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(1)))
|
|
if (C->isNullValue()) {
|
|
LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(2));
|
|
return &LI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// load (select (cond, P, null)) -> load P
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SI->getOperand(2)))
|
|
if (C->isNullValue()) {
|
|
LI.setOperand(0, SI->getOperand(1));
|
|
return &LI;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// InstCombineStoreToCast - Fold store V, (cast P) -> store (cast V), P
|
|
/// when possible.
|
|
static Instruction *InstCombineStoreToCast(InstCombiner &IC, StoreInst &SI) {
|
|
User *CI = cast<User>(SI.getOperand(1));
|
|
Value *CastOp = CI->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
const Type *DestPTy = cast<PointerType>(CI->getType())->getElementType();
|
|
if (const PointerType *SrcTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType())) {
|
|
const Type *SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
|
|
|
|
if ((DestPTy->isInteger() && DestPTy != Type::Int1Ty) ||
|
|
isa<PointerType>(DestPTy)) {
|
|
// If the source is an array, the code below will not succeed. Check to
|
|
// see if a trivial 'gep P, 0, 0' will help matters. Only do this for
|
|
// constants.
|
|
if (const ArrayType *ASrcTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SrcPTy))
|
|
if (Constant *CSrc = dyn_cast<Constant>(CastOp))
|
|
if (ASrcTy->getNumElements() != 0) {
|
|
std::vector<Value*> Idxs(2, Constant::getNullValue(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
CastOp = ConstantExpr::getGetElementPtr(CSrc, Idxs);
|
|
SrcTy = cast<PointerType>(CastOp->getType());
|
|
SrcPTy = SrcTy->getElementType();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((SrcPTy->isInteger() || isa<PointerType>(SrcPTy)) &&
|
|
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSizeInBits(SrcPTy) ==
|
|
IC.getTargetData().getTypeSizeInBits(DestPTy)) {
|
|
|
|
// Okay, we are casting from one integer or pointer type to another of
|
|
// the same size. Instead of casting the pointer before
|
|
// the store, cast the value to be stored.
|
|
Value *NewCast;
|
|
Value *SIOp0 = SI.getOperand(0);
|
|
Instruction::CastOps opcode = Instruction::BitCast;
|
|
const Type* CastSrcTy = SIOp0->getType();
|
|
const Type* CastDstTy = SrcPTy;
|
|
if (isa<PointerType>(CastDstTy)) {
|
|
if (CastSrcTy->isInteger())
|
|
opcode = Instruction::IntToPtr;
|
|
} else if (isa<IntegerType>(CastDstTy)) {
|
|
if (isa<PointerType>(SIOp0->getType()))
|
|
opcode = Instruction::PtrToInt;
|
|
}
|
|
if (Constant *C = dyn_cast<Constant>(SIOp0))
|
|
NewCast = ConstantExpr::getCast(opcode, C, CastDstTy);
|
|
else
|
|
NewCast = IC.InsertNewInstBefore(
|
|
CastInst::create(opcode, SIOp0, CastDstTy, SIOp0->getName()+".c"),
|
|
SI);
|
|
return new StoreInst(NewCast, CastOp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
|
|
Value *Val = SI.getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *Ptr = SI.getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Ptr)) { // store X, undef -> noop (even if volatile)
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the RHS is an alloca with a single use, zapify the store, making the
|
|
// alloca dead.
|
|
if (Ptr->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(Ptr)) {
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(Ptr))
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(GEP->getOperand(0)) &&
|
|
GEP->getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Do really simple DSE, to catch cases where there are several consequtive
|
|
// stores to the same location, separated by a few arithmetic operations. This
|
|
// situation often occurs with bitfield accesses.
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator BBI = &SI;
|
|
for (unsigned ScanInsts = 6; BBI != SI.getParent()->begin() && ScanInsts;
|
|
--ScanInsts) {
|
|
--BBI;
|
|
|
|
if (StoreInst *PrevSI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI)) {
|
|
// Prev store isn't volatile, and stores to the same location?
|
|
if (!PrevSI->isVolatile() && PrevSI->getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(1)) {
|
|
++NumDeadStore;
|
|
++BBI;
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(*PrevSI);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this is a load, we have to stop. However, if the loaded value is from
|
|
// the pointer we're loading and is producing the pointer we're storing,
|
|
// then *this* store is dead (X = load P; store X -> P).
|
|
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(BBI)) {
|
|
if (LI == Val && LI->getOperand(0) == Ptr) {
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
// Otherwise, this is a load from some other location. Stores before it
|
|
// may not be dead.
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Don't skip over loads or things that can modify memory.
|
|
if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (SI.isVolatile()) return 0; // Don't hack volatile stores.
|
|
|
|
// store X, null -> turns into 'unreachable' in SimplifyCFG
|
|
if (isa<ConstantPointerNull>(Ptr)) {
|
|
if (!isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
|
|
SI.setOperand(0, UndefValue::get(Val->getType()));
|
|
if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Val))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(U); // Dropped a use.
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0; // Do not modify these!
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// store undef, Ptr -> noop
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(Val)) {
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the pointer destination is a cast, see if we can fold the cast into the
|
|
// source instead.
|
|
if (isa<CastInst>(Ptr))
|
|
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
|
|
return Res;
|
|
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Ptr))
|
|
if (CE->isCast())
|
|
if (Instruction *Res = InstCombineStoreToCast(*this, SI))
|
|
return Res;
|
|
|
|
|
|
// If this store is the last instruction in the basic block, and if the block
|
|
// ends with an unconditional branch, try to move it to the successor block.
|
|
BBI = &SI; ++BBI;
|
|
if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(BBI))
|
|
if (BI->isUnconditional()) {
|
|
// Check to see if the successor block has exactly two incoming edges. If
|
|
// so, see if the other predecessor contains a store to the same location.
|
|
// if so, insert a PHI node (if needed) and move the stores down.
|
|
BasicBlock *Dest = BI->getSuccessor(0);
|
|
|
|
pred_iterator PI = pred_begin(Dest);
|
|
BasicBlock *Other = 0;
|
|
if (*PI != BI->getParent())
|
|
Other = *PI;
|
|
++PI;
|
|
if (PI != pred_end(Dest)) {
|
|
if (*PI != BI->getParent())
|
|
if (Other)
|
|
Other = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
Other = *PI;
|
|
if (++PI != pred_end(Dest))
|
|
Other = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
if (Other) { // If only one other pred...
|
|
BBI = Other->getTerminator();
|
|
// Make sure this other block ends in an unconditional branch and that
|
|
// there is an instruction before the branch.
|
|
if (isa<BranchInst>(BBI) && cast<BranchInst>(BBI)->isUnconditional() &&
|
|
BBI != Other->begin()) {
|
|
--BBI;
|
|
StoreInst *OtherStore = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(BBI);
|
|
|
|
// If this instruction is a store to the same location.
|
|
if (OtherStore && OtherStore->getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(1)) {
|
|
// Okay, we know we can perform this transformation. Insert a PHI
|
|
// node now if we need it.
|
|
Value *MergedVal = OtherStore->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (MergedVal != SI.getOperand(0)) {
|
|
PHINode *PN = new PHINode(MergedVal->getType(), "storemerge");
|
|
PN->reserveOperandSpace(2);
|
|
PN->addIncoming(SI.getOperand(0), SI.getParent());
|
|
PN->addIncoming(OtherStore->getOperand(0), Other);
|
|
MergedVal = InsertNewInstBefore(PN, Dest->front());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Advance to a place where it is safe to insert the new store and
|
|
// insert it.
|
|
BBI = Dest->begin();
|
|
while (isa<PHINode>(BBI)) ++BBI;
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(new StoreInst(MergedVal, SI.getOperand(1),
|
|
OtherStore->isVolatile()), *BBI);
|
|
|
|
// Nuke the old stores.
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(SI);
|
|
EraseInstFromFunction(*OtherStore);
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitBranchInst(BranchInst &BI) {
|
|
// Change br (not X), label True, label False to: br X, label False, True
|
|
Value *X = 0;
|
|
BasicBlock *TrueDest;
|
|
BasicBlock *FalseDest;
|
|
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_Not(m_Value(X)), TrueDest, FalseDest)) &&
|
|
!isa<Constant>(X)) {
|
|
// Swap Destinations and condition...
|
|
BI.setCondition(X);
|
|
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
|
|
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
|
|
return &BI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Cannonicalize fcmp_one -> fcmp_oeq
|
|
FCmpInst::Predicate FPred; Value *Y;
|
|
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_FCmp(FPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
|
|
TrueDest, FalseDest)))
|
|
if ((FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_ONE || FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OLE ||
|
|
FPred == FCmpInst::FCMP_OGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
FCmpInst *I = cast<FCmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
|
|
std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
|
|
FCmpInst::Predicate NewPred = FCmpInst::getInversePredicate(FPred);
|
|
Value *NewSCC = new FCmpInst(NewPred, X, Y, Name, I);
|
|
// Swap Destinations and condition...
|
|
BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
|
|
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
|
|
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
|
|
removeFromWorkList(I);
|
|
I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
|
|
WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
|
|
return &BI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Cannonicalize icmp_ne -> icmp_eq
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate IPred;
|
|
if (match(&BI, m_Br(m_ICmp(IPred, m_Value(X), m_Value(Y)),
|
|
TrueDest, FalseDest)))
|
|
if ((IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_NE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_ULE ||
|
|
IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SLE || IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_UGE ||
|
|
IPred == ICmpInst::ICMP_SGE) && BI.getCondition()->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
ICmpInst *I = cast<ICmpInst>(BI.getCondition());
|
|
std::string Name = I->getName(); I->setName("");
|
|
ICmpInst::Predicate NewPred = ICmpInst::getInversePredicate(IPred);
|
|
Value *NewSCC = new ICmpInst(NewPred, X, Y, Name, I);
|
|
// Swap Destinations and condition...
|
|
BI.setCondition(NewSCC);
|
|
BI.setSuccessor(0, FalseDest);
|
|
BI.setSuccessor(1, TrueDest);
|
|
removeFromWorkList(I);
|
|
I->getParent()->getInstList().erase(I);
|
|
WorkList.push_back(cast<Instruction>(NewSCC));
|
|
return &BI;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitSwitchInst(SwitchInst &SI) {
|
|
Value *Cond = SI.getCondition();
|
|
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Cond)) {
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Add)
|
|
if (ConstantInt *AddRHS = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// change 'switch (X+4) case 1:' into 'switch (X) case -3'
|
|
for (unsigned i = 2, e = SI.getNumOperands(); i != e; i += 2)
|
|
SI.setOperand(i,ConstantExpr::getSub(cast<Constant>(SI.getOperand(i)),
|
|
AddRHS));
|
|
SI.setOperand(0, I->getOperand(0));
|
|
WorkList.push_back(I);
|
|
return &SI;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// CheapToScalarize - Return true if the value is cheaper to scalarize than it
|
|
/// is to leave as a vector operation.
|
|
static bool CheapToScalarize(Value *V, bool isConstant) {
|
|
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (ConstantPacked *C = dyn_cast<ConstantPacked>(V)) {
|
|
if (isConstant) return true;
|
|
// If all elts are the same, we can extract.
|
|
Constant *Op0 = C->getOperand(0);
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1; i < C->getNumOperands(); ++i)
|
|
if (C->getOperand(i) != Op0)
|
|
return false;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(V);
|
|
if (!I) return false;
|
|
|
|
// Insert element gets simplified to the inserted element or is deleted if
|
|
// this is constant idx extract element and its a constant idx insertelt.
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::InsertElement && isConstant &&
|
|
isa<ConstantInt>(I->getOperand(2)))
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (I->getOpcode() == Instruction::Load && I->hasOneUse())
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I))
|
|
if (BO->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
(CheapToScalarize(BO->getOperand(0), isConstant) ||
|
|
CheapToScalarize(BO->getOperand(1), isConstant)))
|
|
return true;
|
|
if (CmpInst *CI = dyn_cast<CmpInst>(I))
|
|
if (CI->hasOneUse() &&
|
|
(CheapToScalarize(CI->getOperand(0), isConstant) ||
|
|
CheapToScalarize(CI->getOperand(1), isConstant)))
|
|
return true;
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// getShuffleMask - Read and decode a shufflevector mask. It turns undef
|
|
/// elements into values that are larger than the #elts in the input.
|
|
static std::vector<unsigned> getShuffleMask(const ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) {
|
|
unsigned NElts = SVI->getType()->getNumElements();
|
|
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(SVI->getOperand(2)))
|
|
return std::vector<unsigned>(NElts, 0);
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI->getOperand(2)))
|
|
return std::vector<unsigned>(NElts, 2*NElts);
|
|
|
|
std::vector<unsigned> Result;
|
|
const ConstantPacked *CP = cast<ConstantPacked>(SVI->getOperand(2));
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = CP->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(CP->getOperand(i)))
|
|
Result.push_back(NElts*2); // undef -> 8
|
|
else
|
|
Result.push_back(cast<ConstantInt>(CP->getOperand(i))->getZExtValue());
|
|
return Result;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// FindScalarElement - Given a vector and an element number, see if the scalar
|
|
/// value is already around as a register, for example if it were inserted then
|
|
/// extracted from the vector.
|
|
static Value *FindScalarElement(Value *V, unsigned EltNo) {
|
|
assert(isa<PackedType>(V->getType()) && "Not looking at a vector?");
|
|
const PackedType *PTy = cast<PackedType>(V->getType());
|
|
unsigned Width = PTy->getNumElements();
|
|
if (EltNo >= Width) // Out of range access.
|
|
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(V))
|
|
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
|
|
else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V))
|
|
return Constant::getNullValue(PTy->getElementType());
|
|
else if (ConstantPacked *CP = dyn_cast<ConstantPacked>(V))
|
|
return CP->getOperand(EltNo);
|
|
else if (InsertElementInst *III = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
|
|
// If this is an insert to a variable element, we don't know what it is.
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2)))
|
|
return 0;
|
|
unsigned IIElt = cast<ConstantInt>(III->getOperand(2))->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// If this is an insert to the element we are looking for, return the
|
|
// inserted value.
|
|
if (EltNo == IIElt)
|
|
return III->getOperand(1);
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, the insertelement doesn't modify the value, recurse on its
|
|
// vector input.
|
|
return FindScalarElement(III->getOperand(0), EltNo);
|
|
} else if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(V)) {
|
|
unsigned InEl = getShuffleMask(SVI)[EltNo];
|
|
if (InEl < Width)
|
|
return FindScalarElement(SVI->getOperand(0), InEl);
|
|
else if (InEl < Width*2)
|
|
return FindScalarElement(SVI->getOperand(1), InEl - Width);
|
|
else
|
|
return UndefValue::get(PTy->getElementType());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, we don't know.
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitExtractElementInst(ExtractElementInst &EI) {
|
|
|
|
// If packed val is undef, replace extract with scalar undef.
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(EI.getOperand(0)))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// If packed val is constant 0, replace extract with scalar 0.
|
|
if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(EI.getOperand(0)))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, Constant::getNullValue(EI.getType()));
|
|
|
|
if (ConstantPacked *C = dyn_cast<ConstantPacked>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
|
|
// If packed val is constant with uniform operands, replace EI
|
|
// with that operand
|
|
Constant *op0 = C->getOperand(0);
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1; i < C->getNumOperands(); ++i)
|
|
if (C->getOperand(i) != op0) {
|
|
op0 = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
if (op0)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, op0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If extracting a specified index from the vector, see if we can recursively
|
|
// find a previously computed scalar that was inserted into the vector.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *IdxC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// This instruction only demands the single element from the input vector.
|
|
// If the input vector has a single use, simplify it based on this use
|
|
// property.
|
|
uint64_t IndexVal = IdxC->getZExtValue();
|
|
if (EI.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
uint64_t UndefElts;
|
|
if (Value *V = SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(EI.getOperand(0),
|
|
1 << IndexVal,
|
|
UndefElts)) {
|
|
EI.setOperand(0, V);
|
|
return &EI;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Value *Elt = FindScalarElement(EI.getOperand(0), IndexVal))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, Elt);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(EI.getOperand(0))) {
|
|
if (I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
// Push extractelement into predecessor operation if legal and
|
|
// profitable to do so
|
|
if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(I)) {
|
|
bool isConstantElt = isa<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1));
|
|
if (CheapToScalarize(BO, isConstantElt)) {
|
|
ExtractElementInst *newEI0 =
|
|
new ExtractElementInst(BO->getOperand(0), EI.getOperand(1),
|
|
EI.getName()+".lhs");
|
|
ExtractElementInst *newEI1 =
|
|
new ExtractElementInst(BO->getOperand(1), EI.getOperand(1),
|
|
EI.getName()+".rhs");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(newEI0, EI);
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(newEI1, EI);
|
|
return BinaryOperator::create(BO->getOpcode(), newEI0, newEI1);
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (isa<LoadInst>(I)) {
|
|
Value *Ptr = InsertCastBefore(Instruction::BitCast, I->getOperand(0),
|
|
PointerType::get(EI.getType()), EI);
|
|
GetElementPtrInst *GEP =
|
|
new GetElementPtrInst(Ptr, EI.getOperand(1), I->getName() + ".gep");
|
|
InsertNewInstBefore(GEP, EI);
|
|
return new LoadInst(GEP);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (InsertElementInst *IE = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(I)) {
|
|
// Extracting the inserted element?
|
|
if (IE->getOperand(2) == EI.getOperand(1))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, IE->getOperand(1));
|
|
// If the inserted and extracted elements are constants, they must not
|
|
// be the same value, extract from the pre-inserted value instead.
|
|
if (isa<Constant>(IE->getOperand(2)) &&
|
|
isa<Constant>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(EI);
|
|
EI.setOperand(0, IE->getOperand(0));
|
|
return &EI;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (ShuffleVectorInst *SVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(I)) {
|
|
// If this is extracting an element from a shufflevector, figure out where
|
|
// it came from and extract from the appropriate input element instead.
|
|
if (ConstantInt *Elt = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(EI.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
unsigned SrcIdx = getShuffleMask(SVI)[Elt->getZExtValue()];
|
|
Value *Src;
|
|
if (SrcIdx < SVI->getType()->getNumElements())
|
|
Src = SVI->getOperand(0);
|
|
else if (SrcIdx < SVI->getType()->getNumElements()*2) {
|
|
SrcIdx -= SVI->getType()->getNumElements();
|
|
Src = SVI->getOperand(1);
|
|
} else {
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(EI, UndefValue::get(EI.getType()));
|
|
}
|
|
return new ExtractElementInst(Src, SrcIdx);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// CollectSingleShuffleElements - If V is a shuffle of values that ONLY returns
|
|
/// elements from either LHS or RHS, return the shuffle mask and true.
|
|
/// Otherwise, return false.
|
|
static bool CollectSingleShuffleElements(Value *V, Value *LHS, Value *RHS,
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> &Mask) {
|
|
assert(V->getType() == LHS->getType() && V->getType() == RHS->getType() &&
|
|
"Invalid CollectSingleShuffleElements");
|
|
unsigned NumElts = cast<PackedType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
|
|
Mask.assign(NumElts, UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (V == LHS) {
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
|
|
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, i));
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (V == RHS) {
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
|
|
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, i+NumElts));
|
|
return true;
|
|
} else if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
|
|
// If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
|
|
Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
|
|
Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
|
|
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp))
|
|
return false;
|
|
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(ScalarOp)) { // inserting undef into vector.
|
|
// Okay, we can handle this if the vector we are insertinting into is
|
|
// transitively ok.
|
|
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask)) {
|
|
// If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted undef.
|
|
Mask[InsertedIdx] = UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty);
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)){
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) &&
|
|
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == V->getType()) {
|
|
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// This must be extracting from either LHS or RHS.
|
|
if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS || EI->getOperand(0) == RHS) {
|
|
// Okay, we can handle this if the vector we are insertinting into is
|
|
// transitively ok.
|
|
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(VecOp, LHS, RHS, Mask)) {
|
|
// If so, update the mask to reflect the inserted value.
|
|
if (EI->getOperand(0) == LHS) {
|
|
Mask[InsertedIdx & (NumElts-1)] =
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, ExtractedIdx);
|
|
} else {
|
|
assert(EI->getOperand(0) == RHS);
|
|
Mask[InsertedIdx & (NumElts-1)] =
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, ExtractedIdx+NumElts);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// TODO: Handle shufflevector here!
|
|
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// CollectShuffleElements - We are building a shuffle of V, using RHS as the
|
|
/// RHS of the shuffle instruction, if it is not null. Return a shuffle mask
|
|
/// that computes V and the LHS value of the shuffle.
|
|
static Value *CollectShuffleElements(Value *V, std::vector<Constant*> &Mask,
|
|
Value *&RHS) {
|
|
assert(isa<PackedType>(V->getType()) &&
|
|
(RHS == 0 || V->getType() == RHS->getType()) &&
|
|
"Invalid shuffle!");
|
|
unsigned NumElts = cast<PackedType>(V->getType())->getNumElements();
|
|
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(V)) {
|
|
Mask.assign(NumElts, UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
return V;
|
|
} else if (isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(V)) {
|
|
Mask.assign(NumElts, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, 0));
|
|
return V;
|
|
} else if (InsertElementInst *IEI = dyn_cast<InsertElementInst>(V)) {
|
|
// If this is an insert of an extract from some other vector, include it.
|
|
Value *VecOp = IEI->getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *ScalarOp = IEI->getOperand(1);
|
|
Value *IdxOp = IEI->getOperand(2);
|
|
|
|
if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp) &&
|
|
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == V->getType()) {
|
|
unsigned ExtractedIdx =
|
|
cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
|
|
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
// Either the extracted from or inserted into vector must be RHSVec,
|
|
// otherwise we'd end up with a shuffle of three inputs.
|
|
if (EI->getOperand(0) == RHS || RHS == 0) {
|
|
RHS = EI->getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *V = CollectShuffleElements(VecOp, Mask, RHS);
|
|
Mask[InsertedIdx & (NumElts-1)] =
|
|
ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, NumElts+ExtractedIdx);
|
|
return V;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (VecOp == RHS) {
|
|
Value *V = CollectShuffleElements(EI->getOperand(0), Mask, RHS);
|
|
// Everything but the extracted element is replaced with the RHS.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
|
|
if (i != InsertedIdx)
|
|
Mask[i] = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, NumElts+i);
|
|
}
|
|
return V;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this insertelement is a chain that comes from exactly these two
|
|
// vectors, return the vector and the effective shuffle.
|
|
if (CollectSingleShuffleElements(IEI, EI->getOperand(0), RHS, Mask))
|
|
return EI->getOperand(0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
// TODO: Handle shufflevector here!
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise, can't do anything fancy. Return an identity vector.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i)
|
|
Mask.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, i));
|
|
return V;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitInsertElementInst(InsertElementInst &IE) {
|
|
Value *VecOp = IE.getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *ScalarOp = IE.getOperand(1);
|
|
Value *IdxOp = IE.getOperand(2);
|
|
|
|
// If the inserted element was extracted from some other vector, and if the
|
|
// indexes are constant, try to turn this into a shufflevector operation.
|
|
if (ExtractElementInst *EI = dyn_cast<ExtractElementInst>(ScalarOp)) {
|
|
if (isa<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1)) && isa<ConstantInt>(IdxOp) &&
|
|
EI->getOperand(0)->getType() == IE.getType()) {
|
|
unsigned NumVectorElts = IE.getType()->getNumElements();
|
|
unsigned ExtractedIdx=cast<ConstantInt>(EI->getOperand(1))->getZExtValue();
|
|
unsigned InsertedIdx = cast<ConstantInt>(IdxOp)->getZExtValue();
|
|
|
|
if (ExtractedIdx >= NumVectorElts) // Out of range extract.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
|
|
|
|
if (InsertedIdx >= NumVectorElts) // Out of range insert.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, UndefValue::get(IE.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// If we are extracting a value from a vector, then inserting it right
|
|
// back into the same place, just use the input vector.
|
|
if (EI->getOperand(0) == VecOp && ExtractedIdx == InsertedIdx)
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(IE, VecOp);
|
|
|
|
// We could theoretically do this for ANY input. However, doing so could
|
|
// turn chains of insertelement instructions into a chain of shufflevector
|
|
// instructions, and right now we do not merge shufflevectors. As such,
|
|
// only do this in a situation where it is clear that there is benefit.
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(VecOp) || isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(VecOp)) {
|
|
// Turn this into shuffle(EIOp0, VecOp, Mask). The result has all of
|
|
// the values of VecOp, except then one read from EIOp0.
|
|
// Build a new shuffle mask.
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Mask;
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(VecOp))
|
|
Mask.assign(NumVectorElts, UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
else {
|
|
assert(isa<ConstantAggregateZero>(VecOp) && "Unknown thing");
|
|
Mask.assign(NumVectorElts, ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty,
|
|
NumVectorElts));
|
|
}
|
|
Mask[InsertedIdx] = ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, ExtractedIdx);
|
|
return new ShuffleVectorInst(EI->getOperand(0), VecOp,
|
|
ConstantPacked::get(Mask));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If this insertelement isn't used by some other insertelement, turn it
|
|
// (and any insertelements it points to), into one big shuffle.
|
|
if (!IE.hasOneUse() || !isa<InsertElementInst>(IE.use_back())) {
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Mask;
|
|
Value *RHS = 0;
|
|
Value *LHS = CollectShuffleElements(&IE, Mask, RHS);
|
|
if (RHS == 0) RHS = UndefValue::get(LHS->getType());
|
|
// We now have a shuffle of LHS, RHS, Mask.
|
|
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHS, RHS, ConstantPacked::get(Mask));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
Instruction *InstCombiner::visitShuffleVectorInst(ShuffleVectorInst &SVI) {
|
|
Value *LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
|
|
Value *RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
|
|
std::vector<unsigned> Mask = getShuffleMask(&SVI);
|
|
|
|
bool MadeChange = false;
|
|
|
|
// Undefined shuffle mask -> undefined value.
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI.getOperand(2)))
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, UndefValue::get(SVI.getType()));
|
|
|
|
// If we have shuffle(x, undef, mask) and any elements of mask refer to
|
|
// the undef, change them to undefs.
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(SVI.getOperand(1))) {
|
|
// Scan to see if there are any references to the RHS. If so, replace them
|
|
// with undef element refs and set MadeChange to true.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (Mask[i] >= e && Mask[i] != 2*e) {
|
|
Mask[i] = 2*e;
|
|
MadeChange = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (MadeChange) {
|
|
// Remap any references to RHS to use LHS.
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (Mask[i] == 2*e)
|
|
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
else
|
|
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Mask[i]));
|
|
}
|
|
SVI.setOperand(2, ConstantPacked::get(Elts));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Canonicalize shuffle(x ,x,mask) -> shuffle(x, undef,mask')
|
|
// Canonicalize shuffle(undef,x,mask) -> shuffle(x, undef,mask').
|
|
if (LHS == RHS || isa<UndefValue>(LHS)) {
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(LHS) && LHS == RHS) {
|
|
// shuffle(undef,undef,mask) -> undef.
|
|
return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, LHS);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Remap any references to RHS to use LHS.
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (Mask[i] >= 2*e)
|
|
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
else {
|
|
if ((Mask[i] >= e && isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) ||
|
|
(Mask[i] < e && isa<UndefValue>(LHS)))
|
|
Mask[i] = 2*e; // Turn into undef.
|
|
else
|
|
Mask[i] &= (e-1); // Force to LHS.
|
|
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, Mask[i]));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
SVI.setOperand(0, SVI.getOperand(1));
|
|
SVI.setOperand(1, UndefValue::get(RHS->getType()));
|
|
SVI.setOperand(2, ConstantPacked::get(Elts));
|
|
LHS = SVI.getOperand(0);
|
|
RHS = SVI.getOperand(1);
|
|
MadeChange = true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Analyze the shuffle, are the LHS or RHS and identity shuffles?
|
|
bool isLHSID = true, isRHSID = true;
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (Mask[i] >= e*2) continue; // Ignore undef values.
|
|
// Is this an identity shuffle of the LHS value?
|
|
isLHSID &= (Mask[i] == i);
|
|
|
|
// Is this an identity shuffle of the RHS value?
|
|
isRHSID &= (Mask[i]-e == i);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Eliminate identity shuffles.
|
|
if (isLHSID) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, LHS);
|
|
if (isRHSID) return ReplaceInstUsesWith(SVI, RHS);
|
|
|
|
// If the LHS is a shufflevector itself, see if we can combine it with this
|
|
// one without producing an unusual shuffle. Here we are really conservative:
|
|
// we are absolutely afraid of producing a shuffle mask not in the input
|
|
// program, because the code gen may not be smart enough to turn a merged
|
|
// shuffle into two specific shuffles: it may produce worse code. As such,
|
|
// we only merge two shuffles if the result is one of the two input shuffle
|
|
// masks. In this case, merging the shuffles just removes one instruction,
|
|
// which we know is safe. This is good for things like turning:
|
|
// (splat(splat)) -> splat.
|
|
if (ShuffleVectorInst *LHSSVI = dyn_cast<ShuffleVectorInst>(LHS)) {
|
|
if (isa<UndefValue>(RHS)) {
|
|
std::vector<unsigned> LHSMask = getShuffleMask(LHSSVI);
|
|
|
|
std::vector<unsigned> NewMask;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = Mask.size(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (Mask[i] >= 2*e)
|
|
NewMask.push_back(2*e);
|
|
else
|
|
NewMask.push_back(LHSMask[Mask[i]]);
|
|
|
|
// If the result mask is equal to the src shuffle or this shuffle mask, do
|
|
// the replacement.
|
|
if (NewMask == LHSMask || NewMask == Mask) {
|
|
std::vector<Constant*> Elts;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = NewMask.size(); i != e; ++i) {
|
|
if (NewMask[i] >= e*2) {
|
|
Elts.push_back(UndefValue::get(Type::Int32Ty));
|
|
} else {
|
|
Elts.push_back(ConstantInt::get(Type::Int32Ty, NewMask[i]));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return new ShuffleVectorInst(LHSSVI->getOperand(0),
|
|
LHSSVI->getOperand(1),
|
|
ConstantPacked::get(Elts));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return MadeChange ? &SVI : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
void InstCombiner::removeFromWorkList(Instruction *I) {
|
|
WorkList.erase(std::remove(WorkList.begin(), WorkList.end(), I),
|
|
WorkList.end());
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// TryToSinkInstruction - Try to move the specified instruction from its
|
|
/// current block into the beginning of DestBlock, which can only happen if it's
|
|
/// safe to move the instruction past all of the instructions between it and the
|
|
/// end of its block.
|
|
static bool TryToSinkInstruction(Instruction *I, BasicBlock *DestBlock) {
|
|
assert(I->hasOneUse() && "Invariants didn't hold!");
|
|
|
|
// Cannot move control-flow-involving, volatile loads, vaarg, etc.
|
|
if (isa<PHINode>(I) || I->mayWriteToMemory()) return false;
|
|
|
|
// Do not sink alloca instructions out of the entry block.
|
|
if (isa<AllocaInst>(I) && I->getParent() == &DestBlock->getParent()->front())
|
|
return false;
|
|
|
|
// We can only sink load instructions if there is nothing between the load and
|
|
// the end of block that could change the value.
|
|
if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
|
|
for (BasicBlock::iterator Scan = LI, E = LI->getParent()->end();
|
|
Scan != E; ++Scan)
|
|
if (Scan->mayWriteToMemory())
|
|
return false;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = DestBlock->begin();
|
|
while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) ++InsertPos;
|
|
|
|
I->moveBefore(InsertPos);
|
|
++NumSunkInst;
|
|
return true;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/// OptimizeConstantExpr - Given a constant expression and target data layout
|
|
/// information, symbolically evaluate the constant expr to something simpler
|
|
/// if possible.
|
|
static Constant *OptimizeConstantExpr(ConstantExpr *CE, const TargetData *TD) {
|
|
if (!TD) return CE;
|
|
|
|
Constant *Ptr = CE->getOperand(0);
|
|
if (CE->getOpcode() == Instruction::GetElementPtr && Ptr->isNullValue() &&
|
|
cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType())->getElementType()->isSized()) {
|
|
// If this is a constant expr gep that is effectively computing an
|
|
// "offsetof", fold it into 'cast int Size to T*' instead of 'gep 0, 0, 12'
|
|
bool isFoldableGEP = true;
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = CE->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (!isa<ConstantInt>(CE->getOperand(i)))
|
|
isFoldableGEP = false;
|
|
if (isFoldableGEP) {
|
|
std::vector<Value*> Ops(CE->op_begin()+1, CE->op_end());
|
|
uint64_t Offset = TD->getIndexedOffset(Ptr->getType(), Ops);
|
|
Constant *C = ConstantInt::get(TD->getIntPtrType(), Offset);
|
|
return ConstantExpr::getIntToPtr(C, CE->getType());
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return CE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/// AddReachableCodeToWorklist - Walk the function in depth-first order, adding
|
|
/// all reachable code to the worklist.
|
|
///
|
|
/// This has a couple of tricks to make the code faster and more powerful. In
|
|
/// particular, we constant fold and DCE instructions as we go, to avoid adding
|
|
/// them to the worklist (this significantly speeds up instcombine on code where
|
|
/// many instructions are dead or constant). Additionally, if we find a branch
|
|
/// whose condition is a known constant, we only visit the reachable successors.
|
|
///
|
|
static void AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BasicBlock *BB,
|
|
std::set<BasicBlock*> &Visited,
|
|
std::vector<Instruction*> &WorkList,
|
|
const TargetData *TD) {
|
|
// We have now visited this block! If we've already been here, bail out.
|
|
if (!Visited.insert(BB).second) return;
|
|
|
|
for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI = BB->begin(), E = BB->end(); BBI != E; ) {
|
|
Instruction *Inst = BBI++;
|
|
|
|
// DCE instruction if trivially dead.
|
|
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(Inst)) {
|
|
++NumDeadInst;
|
|
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *Inst;
|
|
Inst->eraseFromParent();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// ConstantProp instruction if trivially constant.
|
|
if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(Inst)) {
|
|
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
|
|
C = OptimizeConstantExpr(CE, TD);
|
|
DOUT << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *Inst;
|
|
Inst->replaceAllUsesWith(C);
|
|
++NumConstProp;
|
|
Inst->eraseFromParent();
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Inst);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Recursively visit successors. If this is a branch or switch on a constant,
|
|
// only visit the reachable successor.
|
|
TerminatorInst *TI = BB->getTerminator();
|
|
if (BranchInst *BI = dyn_cast<BranchInst>(TI)) {
|
|
if (BI->isConditional() && isa<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())) {
|
|
bool CondVal = cast<ConstantInt>(BI->getCondition())->getZExtValue();
|
|
AddReachableCodeToWorklist(BI->getSuccessor(!CondVal), Visited, WorkList,
|
|
TD);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
} else if (SwitchInst *SI = dyn_cast<SwitchInst>(TI)) {
|
|
if (ConstantInt *Cond = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI->getCondition())) {
|
|
// See if this is an explicit destination.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 1, e = SI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (SI->getCaseValue(i) == Cond) {
|
|
AddReachableCodeToWorklist(SI->getSuccessor(i), Visited, WorkList,TD);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Otherwise it is the default destination.
|
|
AddReachableCodeToWorklist(SI->getSuccessor(0), Visited, WorkList, TD);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = TI->getNumSuccessors(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
AddReachableCodeToWorklist(TI->getSuccessor(i), Visited, WorkList, TD);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
bool InstCombiner::runOnFunction(Function &F) {
|
|
bool Changed = false;
|
|
TD = &getAnalysis<TargetData>();
|
|
|
|
{
|
|
// Do a depth-first traversal of the function, populate the worklist with
|
|
// the reachable instructions. Ignore blocks that are not reachable. Keep
|
|
// track of which blocks we visit.
|
|
std::set<BasicBlock*> Visited;
|
|
AddReachableCodeToWorklist(F.begin(), Visited, WorkList, TD);
|
|
|
|
// Do a quick scan over the function. If we find any blocks that are
|
|
// unreachable, remove any instructions inside of them. This prevents
|
|
// the instcombine code from having to deal with some bad special cases.
|
|
for (Function::iterator BB = F.begin(), E = F.end(); BB != E; ++BB)
|
|
if (!Visited.count(BB)) {
|
|
Instruction *Term = BB->getTerminator();
|
|
while (Term != BB->begin()) { // Remove instrs bottom-up
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator I = Term; --I;
|
|
|
|
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *I;
|
|
++NumDeadInst;
|
|
|
|
if (!I->use_empty())
|
|
I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
|
|
I->eraseFromParent();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (!WorkList.empty()) {
|
|
Instruction *I = WorkList.back(); // Get an instruction from the worklist
|
|
WorkList.pop_back();
|
|
|
|
// Check to see if we can DCE the instruction.
|
|
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
|
|
// Add operands to the worklist.
|
|
if (I->getNumOperands() < 4)
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
|
|
++NumDeadInst;
|
|
|
|
DOUT << "IC: DCE: " << *I;
|
|
|
|
I->eraseFromParent();
|
|
removeFromWorkList(I);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Instruction isn't dead, see if we can constant propagate it.
|
|
if (Constant *C = ConstantFoldInstruction(I)) {
|
|
if (ConstantExpr *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(C))
|
|
C = OptimizeConstantExpr(CE, TD);
|
|
DOUT << "IC: ConstFold to: " << *C << " from: " << *I;
|
|
|
|
// Add operands to the worklist.
|
|
AddUsesToWorkList(*I);
|
|
ReplaceInstUsesWith(*I, C);
|
|
|
|
++NumConstProp;
|
|
I->eraseFromParent();
|
|
removeFromWorkList(I);
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// See if we can trivially sink this instruction to a successor basic block.
|
|
if (I->hasOneUse()) {
|
|
BasicBlock *BB = I->getParent();
|
|
BasicBlock *UserParent = cast<Instruction>(I->use_back())->getParent();
|
|
if (UserParent != BB) {
|
|
bool UserIsSuccessor = false;
|
|
// See if the user is one of our successors.
|
|
for (succ_iterator SI = succ_begin(BB), E = succ_end(BB); SI != E; ++SI)
|
|
if (*SI == UserParent) {
|
|
UserIsSuccessor = true;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// If the user is one of our immediate successors, and if that successor
|
|
// only has us as a predecessors (we'd have to split the critical edge
|
|
// otherwise), we can keep going.
|
|
if (UserIsSuccessor && !isa<PHINode>(I->use_back()) &&
|
|
next(pred_begin(UserParent)) == pred_end(UserParent))
|
|
// Okay, the CFG is simple enough, try to sink this instruction.
|
|
Changed |= TryToSinkInstruction(I, UserParent);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
// Now that we have an instruction, try combining it to simplify it...
|
|
if (Instruction *Result = visit(*I)) {
|
|
++NumCombined;
|
|
// Should we replace the old instruction with a new one?
|
|
if (Result != I) {
|
|
DOUT << "IC: Old = " << *I
|
|
<< " New = " << *Result;
|
|
|
|
// Everything uses the new instruction now.
|
|
I->replaceAllUsesWith(Result);
|
|
|
|
// Push the new instruction and any users onto the worklist.
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Result);
|
|
AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
|
|
|
|
// Move the name to the new instruction first...
|
|
std::string OldName = I->getName(); I->setName("");
|
|
Result->setName(OldName);
|
|
|
|
// Insert the new instruction into the basic block...
|
|
BasicBlock *InstParent = I->getParent();
|
|
BasicBlock::iterator InsertPos = I;
|
|
|
|
if (!isa<PHINode>(Result)) // If combining a PHI, don't insert
|
|
while (isa<PHINode>(InsertPos)) // middle of a block of PHIs.
|
|
++InsertPos;
|
|
|
|
InstParent->getInstList().insert(InsertPos, Result);
|
|
|
|
// Make sure that we reprocess all operands now that we reduced their
|
|
// use counts.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(OpI);
|
|
|
|
// Instructions can end up on the worklist more than once. Make sure
|
|
// we do not process an instruction that has been deleted.
|
|
removeFromWorkList(I);
|
|
|
|
// Erase the old instruction.
|
|
InstParent->getInstList().erase(I);
|
|
} else {
|
|
DOUT << "IC: MOD = " << *I;
|
|
|
|
// If the instruction was modified, it's possible that it is now dead.
|
|
// if so, remove it.
|
|
if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I)) {
|
|
// Make sure we process all operands now that we are reducing their
|
|
// use counts.
|
|
for (unsigned i = 0, e = I->getNumOperands(); i != e; ++i)
|
|
if (Instruction *OpI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(I->getOperand(i)))
|
|
WorkList.push_back(OpI);
|
|
|
|
// Instructions may end up in the worklist more than once. Erase all
|
|
// occurrences of this instruction.
|
|
removeFromWorkList(I);
|
|
I->eraseFromParent();
|
|
} else {
|
|
WorkList.push_back(Result);
|
|
AddUsersToWorkList(*Result);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
Changed = true;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return Changed;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
FunctionPass *llvm::createInstructionCombiningPass() {
|
|
return new InstCombiner();
|
|
}
|
|
|